Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | //===- GVN.cpp - Eliminate redundant values and loads ---------------------===// |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2 | // |
| 3 | // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure |
| 4 | // |
Chris Lattner | f3ebc3f | 2007-12-29 20:36:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source |
| 6 | // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | // |
| 8 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 9 | // |
| 10 | // This pass performs global value numbering to eliminate fully redundant |
| 11 | // instructions. It also performs simple dead load elimination. |
| 12 | // |
John Criswell | 073e4d1 | 2009-03-10 15:04:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | // Note that this pass does the value numbering itself; it does not use the |
Matthijs Kooijman | 5afc274 | 2008-06-05 07:55:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | // ValueNumbering analysis passes. |
| 15 | // |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 16 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 17 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 18 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h" |
Chandler Carruth | aafe091 | 2012-06-29 12:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h" |
| 20 | #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h" |
| 21 | #include "llvm/ADT/Hashing.h" |
Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 22 | #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h" |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 23 | #include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h" |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 24 | #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 8a8cd2b | 2014-01-07 11:48:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 25 | #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" |
Chandler Carruth | aafe091 | 2012-06-29 12:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 26 | #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h" |
Owen Anderson | 09b83ba | 2007-10-18 19:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 28 | #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h" |
Nick Lewycky | 0b68245 | 2013-07-27 01:24:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 29 | #include "llvm/Analysis/CFG.h" |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 30 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h" |
Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 31 | #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h" |
Dan Gohman | 826bdf8 | 2010-05-28 16:19:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 32 | #include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h" |
Victor Hernandez | f390e04 | 2009-10-27 20:05:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 33 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h" |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 34 | #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h" |
Chris Lattner | 972e6d8 | 2009-12-09 01:59:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 35 | #include "llvm/Analysis/PHITransAddr.h" |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 36 | #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 37 | #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 5ad5f15 | 2014-01-13 09:26:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 38 | #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 9fb823b | 2013-01-02 11:36:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 39 | #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h" |
| 40 | #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h" |
| 41 | #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h" |
| 42 | #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h" |
| 43 | #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 820a908 | 2014-03-04 11:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 44 | #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h" |
Chandler Carruth | aafe091 | 2012-06-29 12:38:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 45 | #include "llvm/Support/Allocator.h" |
| 46 | #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h" |
| 47 | #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h" |
Chandler Carruth | 62d4215 | 2015-01-15 02:16:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 48 | #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h" |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 49 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h" |
Rafael Espindola | ea46c32 | 2014-08-15 15:46:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 50 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h" |
Chris Lattner | e28618d | 2010-11-30 22:25:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 51 | #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h" |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 52 | #include <vector> |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 53 | using namespace llvm; |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 54 | using namespace PatternMatch; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 55 | |
Chandler Carruth | 964daaa | 2014-04-22 02:55:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 56 | #define DEBUG_TYPE "gvn" |
| 57 | |
Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 58 | STATISTIC(NumGVNInstr, "Number of instructions deleted"); |
| 59 | STATISTIC(NumGVNLoad, "Number of loads deleted"); |
| 60 | STATISTIC(NumGVNPRE, "Number of instructions PRE'd"); |
Owen Anderson | 53d546e | 2008-07-15 16:28:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 61 | STATISTIC(NumGVNBlocks, "Number of blocks merged"); |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 62 | STATISTIC(NumGVNSimpl, "Number of instructions simplified"); |
| 63 | STATISTIC(NumGVNEqProp, "Number of equalities propagated"); |
Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 64 | STATISTIC(NumPRELoad, "Number of loads PRE'd"); |
Chris Lattner | 168be76 | 2008-03-22 04:13:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 65 | |
Evan Cheng | 9598f93 | 2008-06-20 01:01:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 66 | static cl::opt<bool> EnablePRE("enable-pre", |
Owen Anderson | addbe3e | 2008-07-17 19:41:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | cl::init(true), cl::Hidden); |
Dan Gohman | a8f8a85 | 2009-06-15 18:30:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | static cl::opt<bool> EnableLoadPRE("enable-load-pre", cl::init(true)); |
Owen Anderson | e780d66 | 2008-06-19 19:57:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 69 | |
Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 70 | // Maximum allowed recursion depth. |
David Blaikie | 84e4b39 | 2012-04-27 19:30:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | static cl::opt<uint32_t> |
Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | MaxRecurseDepth("max-recurse-depth", cl::Hidden, cl::init(1000), cl::ZeroOrMore, |
| 73 | cl::desc("Max recurse depth (default = 1000)")); |
| 74 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 75 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 76 | // ValueTable Class |
| 77 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 78 | |
| 79 | /// This class holds the mapping between values and value numbers. It is used |
| 80 | /// as an efficient mechanism to determine the expression-wise equivalence of |
| 81 | /// two values. |
| 82 | namespace { |
Chris Lattner | 2dd09db | 2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 83 | struct Expression { |
Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | uint32_t opcode; |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 85 | Type *type; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 86 | SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> varargs; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 87 | |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 88 | Expression(uint32_t o = ~2U) : opcode(o) { } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 89 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 90 | bool operator==(const Expression &other) const { |
| 91 | if (opcode != other.opcode) |
| 92 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 93 | if (opcode == ~0U || opcode == ~1U) |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 94 | return true; |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 95 | if (type != other.type) |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 96 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 97 | if (varargs != other.varargs) |
Benjamin Kramer | 43493c0 | 2010-12-21 21:30:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 98 | return false; |
| 99 | return true; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 100 | } |
Chandler Carruth | e134d1a | 2012-03-05 11:29:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 101 | |
| 102 | friend hash_code hash_value(const Expression &Value) { |
Chandler Carruth | e134d1a | 2012-03-05 11:29:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 103 | return hash_combine(Value.opcode, Value.type, |
| 104 | hash_combine_range(Value.varargs.begin(), |
| 105 | Value.varargs.end())); |
| 106 | } |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 107 | }; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 108 | |
Chris Lattner | 2dd09db | 2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 109 | class ValueTable { |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 110 | DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t> valueNumbering; |
| 111 | DenseMap<Expression, uint32_t> expressionNumbering; |
| 112 | AliasAnalysis *AA; |
| 113 | MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MD; |
| 114 | DominatorTree *DT; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 116 | uint32_t nextValueNumber; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 117 | |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 118 | Expression create_expression(Instruction* I); |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | Expression create_cmp_expression(unsigned Opcode, |
| 120 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate, |
| 121 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS); |
Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 122 | Expression create_extractvalue_expression(ExtractValueInst* EI); |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 123 | uint32_t lookup_or_add_call(CallInst* C); |
| 124 | public: |
| 125 | ValueTable() : nextValueNumber(1) { } |
| 126 | uint32_t lookup_or_add(Value *V); |
| 127 | uint32_t lookup(Value *V) const; |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 128 | uint32_t lookup_or_add_cmp(unsigned Opcode, CmpInst::Predicate Pred, |
| 129 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS); |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 130 | void add(Value *V, uint32_t num); |
| 131 | void clear(); |
| 132 | void erase(Value *v); |
| 133 | void setAliasAnalysis(AliasAnalysis* A) { AA = A; } |
| 134 | AliasAnalysis *getAliasAnalysis() const { return AA; } |
| 135 | void setMemDep(MemoryDependenceAnalysis* M) { MD = M; } |
| 136 | void setDomTree(DominatorTree* D) { DT = D; } |
| 137 | uint32_t getNextUnusedValueNumber() { return nextValueNumber; } |
| 138 | void verifyRemoved(const Value *) const; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 139 | }; |
| 140 | } |
| 141 | |
| 142 | namespace llvm { |
Chris Lattner | 0625bd6 | 2007-09-17 18:34:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 143 | template <> struct DenseMapInfo<Expression> { |
Owen Anderson | 9699a6e | 2007-08-02 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 144 | static inline Expression getEmptyKey() { |
Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 145 | return ~0U; |
Owen Anderson | 9699a6e | 2007-08-02 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 146 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 147 | |
Owen Anderson | 9699a6e | 2007-08-02 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 148 | static inline Expression getTombstoneKey() { |
Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 149 | return ~1U; |
Owen Anderson | 9699a6e | 2007-08-02 18:16:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 150 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 151 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | static unsigned getHashValue(const Expression e) { |
Chandler Carruth | e134d1a | 2012-03-05 11:29:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 153 | using llvm::hash_value; |
| 154 | return static_cast<unsigned>(hash_value(e)); |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 155 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0625bd6 | 2007-09-17 18:34:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | static bool isEqual(const Expression &LHS, const Expression &RHS) { |
| 157 | return LHS == RHS; |
| 158 | } |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 159 | }; |
Chris Lattner | 45d040b | 2009-12-15 07:26:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 161 | } |
| 162 | |
| 163 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 164 | // ValueTable Internal Functions |
| 165 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 166 | |
Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 167 | Expression ValueTable::create_expression(Instruction *I) { |
| 168 | Expression e; |
| 169 | e.type = I->getType(); |
| 170 | e.opcode = I->getOpcode(); |
| 171 | for (Instruction::op_iterator OI = I->op_begin(), OE = I->op_end(); |
| 172 | OI != OE; ++OI) |
| 173 | e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(*OI)); |
Duncan Sands | 926d101 | 2012-02-24 15:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 174 | if (I->isCommutative()) { |
| 175 | // Ensure that commutative instructions that only differ by a permutation |
| 176 | // of their operands get the same value number by sorting the operand value |
| 177 | // numbers. Since all commutative instructions have two operands it is more |
| 178 | // efficient to sort by hand rather than using, say, std::sort. |
| 179 | assert(I->getNumOperands() == 2 && "Unsupported commutative instruction!"); |
| 180 | if (e.varargs[0] > e.varargs[1]) |
| 181 | std::swap(e.varargs[0], e.varargs[1]); |
| 182 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 183 | |
Lang Hames | 29cd98f | 2011-07-08 01:50:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 184 | if (CmpInst *C = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I)) { |
Duncan Sands | 926d101 | 2012-02-24 15:16:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 185 | // Sort the operand value numbers so x<y and y>x get the same value number. |
| 186 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate = C->getPredicate(); |
| 187 | if (e.varargs[0] > e.varargs[1]) { |
| 188 | std::swap(e.varargs[0], e.varargs[1]); |
| 189 | Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate); |
| 190 | } |
| 191 | e.opcode = (C->getOpcode() << 8) | Predicate; |
Owen Anderson | 3a33d0c | 2011-01-03 19:00:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 192 | } else if (InsertValueInst *E = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(I)) { |
| 193 | for (InsertValueInst::idx_iterator II = E->idx_begin(), IE = E->idx_end(); |
| 194 | II != IE; ++II) |
| 195 | e.varargs.push_back(*II); |
Erik Verbruggen | e2d4371 | 2014-03-11 09:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 196 | } |
| 197 | |
| 198 | return e; |
| 199 | } |
| 200 | |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 201 | Expression ValueTable::create_cmp_expression(unsigned Opcode, |
| 202 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate, |
| 203 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS) { |
| 204 | assert((Opcode == Instruction::ICmp || Opcode == Instruction::FCmp) && |
| 205 | "Not a comparison!"); |
| 206 | Expression e; |
| 207 | e.type = CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()); |
| 208 | e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(LHS)); |
| 209 | e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(RHS)); |
| 210 | |
| 211 | // Sort the operand value numbers so x<y and y>x get the same value number. |
| 212 | if (e.varargs[0] > e.varargs[1]) { |
| 213 | std::swap(e.varargs[0], e.varargs[1]); |
| 214 | Predicate = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Predicate); |
| 215 | } |
| 216 | e.opcode = (Opcode << 8) | Predicate; |
| 217 | return e; |
| 218 | } |
| 219 | |
Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 220 | Expression ValueTable::create_extractvalue_expression(ExtractValueInst *EI) { |
Craig Topper | e73658d | 2014-04-28 04:05:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 221 | assert(EI && "Not an ExtractValueInst?"); |
Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 222 | Expression e; |
| 223 | e.type = EI->getType(); |
| 224 | e.opcode = 0; |
| 225 | |
| 226 | IntrinsicInst *I = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(EI->getAggregateOperand()); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 227 | if (I != nullptr && EI->getNumIndices() == 1 && *EI->idx_begin() == 0 ) { |
Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 228 | // EI might be an extract from one of our recognised intrinsics. If it |
| 229 | // is we'll synthesize a semantically equivalent expression instead on |
| 230 | // an extract value expression. |
| 231 | switch (I->getIntrinsicID()) { |
| 232 | case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow: |
| 233 | case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow: |
| 234 | e.opcode = Instruction::Add; |
| 235 | break; |
| 236 | case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow: |
| 237 | case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow: |
| 238 | e.opcode = Instruction::Sub; |
| 239 | break; |
| 240 | case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow: |
| 241 | case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow: |
| 242 | e.opcode = Instruction::Mul; |
| 243 | break; |
| 244 | default: |
| 245 | break; |
| 246 | } |
| 247 | |
| 248 | if (e.opcode != 0) { |
| 249 | // Intrinsic recognized. Grab its args to finish building the expression. |
| 250 | assert(I->getNumArgOperands() == 2 && |
| 251 | "Expect two args for recognised intrinsics."); |
| 252 | e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getArgOperand(0))); |
| 253 | e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getArgOperand(1))); |
| 254 | return e; |
| 255 | } |
| 256 | } |
| 257 | |
| 258 | // Not a recognised intrinsic. Fall back to producing an extract value |
| 259 | // expression. |
| 260 | e.opcode = EI->getOpcode(); |
| 261 | for (Instruction::op_iterator OI = EI->op_begin(), OE = EI->op_end(); |
| 262 | OI != OE; ++OI) |
| 263 | e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(*OI)); |
| 264 | |
| 265 | for (ExtractValueInst::idx_iterator II = EI->idx_begin(), IE = EI->idx_end(); |
| 266 | II != IE; ++II) |
| 267 | e.varargs.push_back(*II); |
| 268 | |
| 269 | return e; |
| 270 | } |
| 271 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 272 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 273 | // ValueTable External Functions |
| 274 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 275 | |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 276 | /// add - Insert a value into the table with a specified value number. |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 277 | void ValueTable::add(Value *V, uint32_t num) { |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 278 | valueNumbering.insert(std::make_pair(V, num)); |
| 279 | } |
| 280 | |
Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add_call(CallInst *C) { |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 282 | if (AA->doesNotAccessMemory(C)) { |
| 283 | Expression exp = create_expression(C); |
Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | uint32_t &e = expressionNumbering[exp]; |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++; |
| 286 | valueNumbering[C] = e; |
| 287 | return e; |
| 288 | } else if (AA->onlyReadsMemory(C)) { |
| 289 | Expression exp = create_expression(C); |
Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 290 | uint32_t &e = expressionNumbering[exp]; |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 291 | if (!e) { |
| 292 | e = nextValueNumber++; |
| 293 | valueNumbering[C] = e; |
| 294 | return e; |
| 295 | } |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 296 | if (!MD) { |
| 297 | e = nextValueNumber++; |
| 298 | valueNumbering[C] = e; |
| 299 | return e; |
| 300 | } |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 301 | |
| 302 | MemDepResult local_dep = MD->getDependency(C); |
| 303 | |
| 304 | if (!local_dep.isDef() && !local_dep.isNonLocal()) { |
| 305 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 306 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 307 | } |
| 308 | |
| 309 | if (local_dep.isDef()) { |
| 310 | CallInst* local_cdep = cast<CallInst>(local_dep.getInst()); |
| 311 | |
Gabor Greif | f628ecd | 2010-06-30 09:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 312 | if (local_cdep->getNumArgOperands() != C->getNumArgOperands()) { |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 313 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 314 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 315 | } |
| 316 | |
Gabor Greif | 2d958d4 | 2010-06-24 10:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 317 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = C->getNumArgOperands(); i < e; ++i) { |
| 318 | uint32_t c_vn = lookup_or_add(C->getArgOperand(i)); |
| 319 | uint32_t cd_vn = lookup_or_add(local_cdep->getArgOperand(i)); |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 320 | if (c_vn != cd_vn) { |
| 321 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 322 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 323 | } |
| 324 | } |
| 325 | |
| 326 | uint32_t v = lookup_or_add(local_cdep); |
| 327 | valueNumbering[C] = v; |
| 328 | return v; |
| 329 | } |
| 330 | |
| 331 | // Non-local case. |
| 332 | const MemoryDependenceAnalysis::NonLocalDepInfo &deps = |
| 333 | MD->getNonLocalCallDependency(CallSite(C)); |
Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 334 | // FIXME: Move the checking logic to MemDep! |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 335 | CallInst* cdep = nullptr; |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 336 | |
| 337 | // Check to see if we have a single dominating call instruction that is |
| 338 | // identical to C. |
| 339 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = deps.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 340 | const NonLocalDepEntry *I = &deps[i]; |
Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 341 | if (I->getResult().isNonLocal()) |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 342 | continue; |
| 343 | |
Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 344 | // We don't handle non-definitions. If we already have a call, reject |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 345 | // instruction dependencies. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 346 | if (!I->getResult().isDef() || cdep != nullptr) { |
| 347 | cdep = nullptr; |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 348 | break; |
| 349 | } |
| 350 | |
Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 351 | CallInst *NonLocalDepCall = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I->getResult().getInst()); |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 352 | // FIXME: All duplicated with non-local case. |
Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 353 | if (NonLocalDepCall && DT->properlyDominates(I->getBB(), C->getParent())){ |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 354 | cdep = NonLocalDepCall; |
| 355 | continue; |
| 356 | } |
| 357 | |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 358 | cdep = nullptr; |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 359 | break; |
| 360 | } |
| 361 | |
| 362 | if (!cdep) { |
| 363 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 364 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 365 | } |
| 366 | |
Gabor Greif | f628ecd | 2010-06-30 09:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 367 | if (cdep->getNumArgOperands() != C->getNumArgOperands()) { |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 368 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 369 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 370 | } |
Gabor Greif | 2d958d4 | 2010-06-24 10:17:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 371 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = C->getNumArgOperands(); i < e; ++i) { |
| 372 | uint32_t c_vn = lookup_or_add(C->getArgOperand(i)); |
| 373 | uint32_t cd_vn = lookup_or_add(cdep->getArgOperand(i)); |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 374 | if (c_vn != cd_vn) { |
| 375 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 376 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 377 | } |
| 378 | } |
| 379 | |
| 380 | uint32_t v = lookup_or_add(cdep); |
| 381 | valueNumbering[C] = v; |
| 382 | return v; |
| 383 | |
| 384 | } else { |
| 385 | valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber; |
| 386 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 387 | } |
| 388 | } |
| 389 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 390 | /// lookup_or_add - Returns the value number for the specified value, assigning |
| 391 | /// it a new number if it did not have one before. |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 392 | uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add(Value *V) { |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 393 | DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::iterator VI = valueNumbering.find(V); |
| 394 | if (VI != valueNumbering.end()) |
| 395 | return VI->second; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 396 | |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 397 | if (!isa<Instruction>(V)) { |
Owen Anderson | 1059b5b | 2009-10-19 21:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 398 | valueNumbering[V] = nextValueNumber; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 399 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 400 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 401 | |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 402 | Instruction* I = cast<Instruction>(V); |
| 403 | Expression exp; |
| 404 | switch (I->getOpcode()) { |
Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 405 | case Instruction::Call: |
| 406 | return lookup_or_add_call(cast<CallInst>(I)); |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 407 | case Instruction::Add: |
| 408 | case Instruction::FAdd: |
| 409 | case Instruction::Sub: |
| 410 | case Instruction::FSub: |
| 411 | case Instruction::Mul: |
| 412 | case Instruction::FMul: |
| 413 | case Instruction::UDiv: |
| 414 | case Instruction::SDiv: |
| 415 | case Instruction::FDiv: |
| 416 | case Instruction::URem: |
| 417 | case Instruction::SRem: |
| 418 | case Instruction::FRem: |
| 419 | case Instruction::Shl: |
| 420 | case Instruction::LShr: |
| 421 | case Instruction::AShr: |
| 422 | case Instruction::And: |
Nick Lewycky | 12d825d | 2012-09-09 23:41:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 423 | case Instruction::Or: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 424 | case Instruction::Xor: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 425 | case Instruction::ICmp: |
| 426 | case Instruction::FCmp: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 427 | case Instruction::Trunc: |
| 428 | case Instruction::ZExt: |
| 429 | case Instruction::SExt: |
| 430 | case Instruction::FPToUI: |
| 431 | case Instruction::FPToSI: |
| 432 | case Instruction::UIToFP: |
| 433 | case Instruction::SIToFP: |
| 434 | case Instruction::FPTrunc: |
| 435 | case Instruction::FPExt: |
| 436 | case Instruction::PtrToInt: |
| 437 | case Instruction::IntToPtr: |
| 438 | case Instruction::BitCast: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 439 | case Instruction::Select: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 440 | case Instruction::ExtractElement: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 441 | case Instruction::InsertElement: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 442 | case Instruction::ShuffleVector: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 443 | case Instruction::InsertValue: |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 444 | case Instruction::GetElementPtr: |
Erik Verbruggen | e2d4371 | 2014-03-11 09:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 445 | exp = create_expression(I); |
Lang Hames | 29cd98f | 2011-07-08 01:50:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 446 | break; |
Erik Verbruggen | 2074ebd | 2014-03-28 14:42:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 447 | case Instruction::ExtractValue: |
| 448 | exp = create_extractvalue_expression(cast<ExtractValueInst>(I)); |
| 449 | break; |
Owen Anderson | 168ad69 | 2009-10-19 22:14:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 450 | default: |
| 451 | valueNumbering[V] = nextValueNumber; |
| 452 | return nextValueNumber++; |
| 453 | } |
| 454 | |
| 455 | uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp]; |
| 456 | if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++; |
| 457 | valueNumbering[V] = e; |
| 458 | return e; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 459 | } |
| 460 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 461 | /// Returns the value number of the specified value. Fails if |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | /// the value has not yet been numbered. |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | uint32_t ValueTable::lookup(Value *V) const { |
Jeffrey Yasskin | b40d3f7 | 2009-11-10 01:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 464 | DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::const_iterator VI = valueNumbering.find(V); |
Chris Lattner | 2876a64 | 2008-03-21 21:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 465 | assert(VI != valueNumbering.end() && "Value not numbered?"); |
| 466 | return VI->second; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | } |
| 468 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 469 | /// Returns the value number of the given comparison, |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 470 | /// assigning it a new number if it did not have one before. Useful when |
| 471 | /// we deduced the result of a comparison, but don't immediately have an |
| 472 | /// instruction realizing that comparison to hand. |
| 473 | uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add_cmp(unsigned Opcode, |
| 474 | CmpInst::Predicate Predicate, |
| 475 | Value *LHS, Value *RHS) { |
| 476 | Expression exp = create_cmp_expression(Opcode, Predicate, LHS, RHS); |
| 477 | uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp]; |
| 478 | if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++; |
| 479 | return e; |
| 480 | } |
| 481 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 482 | /// Remove all entries from the ValueTable. |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 483 | void ValueTable::clear() { |
| 484 | valueNumbering.clear(); |
| 485 | expressionNumbering.clear(); |
| 486 | nextValueNumber = 1; |
| 487 | } |
| 488 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 489 | /// Remove a value from the value numbering. |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 490 | void ValueTable::erase(Value *V) { |
Owen Anderson | 10ffa86 | 2007-07-31 23:27:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 491 | valueNumbering.erase(V); |
| 492 | } |
| 493 | |
Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 494 | /// verifyRemoved - Verify that the value is removed from all internal data |
| 495 | /// structures. |
| 496 | void ValueTable::verifyRemoved(const Value *V) const { |
Jeffrey Yasskin | b40d3f7 | 2009-11-10 01:02:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 497 | for (DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::const_iterator |
Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 498 | I = valueNumbering.begin(), E = valueNumbering.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
| 499 | assert(I->first != V && "Inst still occurs in value numbering map!"); |
| 500 | } |
| 501 | } |
| 502 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 503 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
Bill Wendling | 456e885 | 2008-12-22 22:32:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 504 | // GVN Pass |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 505 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
| 506 | |
| 507 | namespace { |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 508 | class GVN; |
| 509 | struct AvailableValueInBlock { |
| 510 | /// BB - The basic block in question. |
| 511 | BasicBlock *BB; |
| 512 | enum ValType { |
| 513 | SimpleVal, // A simple offsetted value that is accessed. |
| 514 | LoadVal, // A value produced by a load. |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | MemIntrin, // A memory intrinsic which is loaded from. |
| 516 | UndefVal // A UndefValue representing a value from dead block (which |
| 517 | // is not yet physically removed from the CFG). |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | }; |
| 519 | |
| 520 | /// V - The value that is live out of the block. |
| 521 | PointerIntPair<Value *, 2, ValType> Val; |
| 522 | |
| 523 | /// Offset - The byte offset in Val that is interesting for the load query. |
| 524 | unsigned Offset; |
| 525 | |
| 526 | static AvailableValueInBlock get(BasicBlock *BB, Value *V, |
| 527 | unsigned Offset = 0) { |
| 528 | AvailableValueInBlock Res; |
| 529 | Res.BB = BB; |
| 530 | Res.Val.setPointer(V); |
| 531 | Res.Val.setInt(SimpleVal); |
| 532 | Res.Offset = Offset; |
| 533 | return Res; |
| 534 | } |
| 535 | |
| 536 | static AvailableValueInBlock getMI(BasicBlock *BB, MemIntrinsic *MI, |
| 537 | unsigned Offset = 0) { |
| 538 | AvailableValueInBlock Res; |
| 539 | Res.BB = BB; |
| 540 | Res.Val.setPointer(MI); |
| 541 | Res.Val.setInt(MemIntrin); |
| 542 | Res.Offset = Offset; |
| 543 | return Res; |
| 544 | } |
| 545 | |
| 546 | static AvailableValueInBlock getLoad(BasicBlock *BB, LoadInst *LI, |
| 547 | unsigned Offset = 0) { |
| 548 | AvailableValueInBlock Res; |
| 549 | Res.BB = BB; |
| 550 | Res.Val.setPointer(LI); |
| 551 | Res.Val.setInt(LoadVal); |
| 552 | Res.Offset = Offset; |
| 553 | return Res; |
| 554 | } |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | |
| 556 | static AvailableValueInBlock getUndef(BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 557 | AvailableValueInBlock Res; |
| 558 | Res.BB = BB; |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 559 | Res.Val.setPointer(nullptr); |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | Res.Val.setInt(UndefVal); |
| 561 | Res.Offset = 0; |
| 562 | return Res; |
| 563 | } |
| 564 | |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 565 | bool isSimpleValue() const { return Val.getInt() == SimpleVal; } |
| 566 | bool isCoercedLoadValue() const { return Val.getInt() == LoadVal; } |
| 567 | bool isMemIntrinValue() const { return Val.getInt() == MemIntrin; } |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | bool isUndefValue() const { return Val.getInt() == UndefVal; } |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | |
| 570 | Value *getSimpleValue() const { |
| 571 | assert(isSimpleValue() && "Wrong accessor"); |
| 572 | return Val.getPointer(); |
| 573 | } |
| 574 | |
| 575 | LoadInst *getCoercedLoadValue() const { |
| 576 | assert(isCoercedLoadValue() && "Wrong accessor"); |
| 577 | return cast<LoadInst>(Val.getPointer()); |
| 578 | } |
| 579 | |
| 580 | MemIntrinsic *getMemIntrinValue() const { |
| 581 | assert(isMemIntrinValue() && "Wrong accessor"); |
| 582 | return cast<MemIntrinsic>(Val.getPointer()); |
| 583 | } |
| 584 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 585 | /// Emit code into this block to adjust the value defined here to the |
| 586 | /// specified type. This handles various coercion cases. |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | Value *MaterializeAdjustedValue(Type *LoadTy, GVN &gvn) const; |
| 588 | }; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 589 | |
Chris Lattner | 2dd09db | 2009-09-02 06:11:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 590 | class GVN : public FunctionPass { |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | bool NoLoads; |
Chris Lattner | 8541ede | 2008-12-01 00:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MD; |
| 593 | DominatorTree *DT; |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | const DataLayout *DL; |
Chad Rosier | c24b86f | 2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI; |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 596 | AssumptionCache *AC; |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 597 | SetVector<BasicBlock *> DeadBlocks; |
Chad Rosier | c24b86f | 2011-12-01 03:08:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 598 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | ValueTable VN; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 600 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 601 | /// A mapping from value numbers to lists of Value*'s that |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 602 | /// have that value number. Use findLeader to query it. |
| 603 | struct LeaderTableEntry { |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 604 | Value *Val; |
Rafael Espindola | 64e7b570 | 2012-08-10 15:55:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | const BasicBlock *BB; |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | LeaderTableEntry *Next; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | }; |
Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | DenseMap<uint32_t, LeaderTableEntry> LeaderTable; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | BumpPtrAllocator TableAllocator; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> InstrsToErase; |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 612 | |
| 613 | typedef SmallVector<NonLocalDepResult, 64> LoadDepVect; |
| 614 | typedef SmallVector<AvailableValueInBlock, 64> AvailValInBlkVect; |
| 615 | typedef SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 64> UnavailBlkVect; |
| 616 | |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 617 | public: |
| 618 | static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid |
| 619 | explicit GVN(bool noloads = false) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | : FunctionPass(ID), NoLoads(noloads), MD(nullptr) { |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 621 | initializeGVNPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry()); |
| 622 | } |
| 623 | |
Craig Topper | 3e4c697 | 2014-03-05 09:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | /// This removes the specified instruction from |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | /// our various maps and marks it for deletion. |
| 628 | void markInstructionForDeletion(Instruction *I) { |
| 629 | VN.erase(I); |
| 630 | InstrsToErase.push_back(I); |
| 631 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 632 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 633 | const DataLayout *getDataLayout() const { return DL; } |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 634 | DominatorTree &getDominatorTree() const { return *DT; } |
| 635 | AliasAnalysis *getAliasAnalysis() const { return VN.getAliasAnalysis(); } |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 636 | MemoryDependenceAnalysis &getMemDep() const { return *MD; } |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 637 | private: |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 638 | /// Push a new Value to the LeaderTable onto the list for its value number. |
Rafael Espindola | 64e7b570 | 2012-08-10 15:55:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 639 | void addToLeaderTable(uint32_t N, Value *V, const BasicBlock *BB) { |
Chris Lattner | 1777601 | 2011-04-28 18:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 640 | LeaderTableEntry &Curr = LeaderTable[N]; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 641 | if (!Curr.Val) { |
| 642 | Curr.Val = V; |
| 643 | Curr.BB = BB; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 644 | return; |
| 645 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 646 | |
Chris Lattner | 1777601 | 2011-04-28 18:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 647 | LeaderTableEntry *Node = TableAllocator.Allocate<LeaderTableEntry>(); |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 648 | Node->Val = V; |
| 649 | Node->BB = BB; |
| 650 | Node->Next = Curr.Next; |
| 651 | Curr.Next = Node; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 652 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 653 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | /// Scan the list of values corresponding to a given |
Duncan Sands | 4df5e96 | 2012-05-22 14:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | /// value number, and remove the given instruction if encountered. |
| 656 | void removeFromLeaderTable(uint32_t N, Instruction *I, BasicBlock *BB) { |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 657 | LeaderTableEntry* Prev = nullptr; |
Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | LeaderTableEntry* Curr = &LeaderTable[N]; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | |
Duncan Sands | 4df5e96 | 2012-05-22 14:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 660 | while (Curr->Val != I || Curr->BB != BB) { |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | Prev = Curr; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | Curr = Curr->Next; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 663 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 664 | |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | if (Prev) { |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | Prev->Next = Curr->Next; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 667 | } else { |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 668 | if (!Curr->Next) { |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 669 | Curr->Val = nullptr; |
| 670 | Curr->BB = nullptr; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | } else { |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 672 | LeaderTableEntry* Next = Curr->Next; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 673 | Curr->Val = Next->Val; |
| 674 | Curr->BB = Next->BB; |
Owen Anderson | 83546f2 | 2011-01-04 19:10:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | Curr->Next = Next->Next; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | } |
| 677 | } |
| 678 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 679 | |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | // List of critical edges to be split between iterations. |
| 681 | SmallVector<std::pair<TerminatorInst*, unsigned>, 4> toSplit; |
| 682 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 683 | // This transformation requires dominator postdominator info |
Craig Topper | 3e4c697 | 2014-03-05 09:10:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 684 | void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override { |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 685 | AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>(); |
Chandler Carruth | 7352302 | 2014-01-13 13:07:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 686 | AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
Chandler Carruth | b98f63d | 2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 687 | AU.addRequired<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>(); |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 688 | if (!NoLoads) |
| 689 | AU.addRequired<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>(); |
Owen Anderson | 09b83ba | 2007-10-18 19:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 690 | AU.addRequired<AliasAnalysis>(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 691 | |
Chandler Carruth | 7352302 | 2014-01-13 13:07:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 692 | AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>(); |
Owen Anderson | 09b83ba | 2007-10-18 19:39:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 693 | AU.addPreserved<AliasAnalysis>(); |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 694 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 695 | |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 696 | |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 697 | // Helper fuctions of redundant load elimination |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 698 | bool processLoad(LoadInst *L); |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 699 | bool processNonLocalLoad(LoadInst *L); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 700 | void AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps, |
| 701 | AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, |
| 702 | UnavailBlkVect &UnavailableBlocks); |
| 703 | bool PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, |
| 704 | UnavailBlkVect &UnavailableBlocks); |
| 705 | |
| 706 | // Other helper routines |
| 707 | bool processInstruction(Instruction *I); |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 708 | bool processBlock(BasicBlock *BB); |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 709 | void dump(DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*> &d); |
Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 710 | bool iterateOnFunction(Function &F); |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 711 | bool performPRE(Function &F); |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 712 | bool performScalarPRE(Instruction *I); |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 713 | bool performScalarPREInsertion(Instruction *Instr, BasicBlock *Pred, |
| 714 | unsigned int ValNo); |
Rafael Espindola | 64e7b570 | 2012-08-10 15:55:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 715 | Value *findLeader(const BasicBlock *BB, uint32_t num); |
Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 716 | void cleanupGlobalSets(); |
Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 717 | void verifyRemoved(const Instruction *I) const; |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 718 | bool splitCriticalEdges(); |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 719 | BasicBlock *splitCriticalEdges(BasicBlock *Pred, BasicBlock *Succ); |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 720 | unsigned replaceAllDominatedUsesWith(Value *From, Value *To, |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 721 | const BasicBlockEdge &Root); |
| 722 | bool propagateEquality(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, const BasicBlockEdge &Root); |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 723 | bool processFoldableCondBr(BranchInst *BI); |
| 724 | void addDeadBlock(BasicBlock *BB); |
| 725 | void assignValNumForDeadCode(); |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 726 | }; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 727 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 728 | char GVN::ID = 0; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 729 | } |
| 730 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 731 | // The public interface to this file... |
Bob Wilson | 1136166 | 2010-02-28 05:34:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | FunctionPass *llvm::createGVNPass(bool NoLoads) { |
| 733 | return new GVN(NoLoads); |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 734 | } |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 735 | |
Owen Anderson | 8ac477f | 2010-10-12 19:48:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 736 | INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(GVN, "gvn", "Global Value Numbering", false, false) |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 737 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker) |
Owen Anderson | 8ac477f | 2010-10-12 19:48:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 738 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(MemoryDependenceAnalysis) |
Chandler Carruth | 7352302 | 2014-01-13 13:07:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 739 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass) |
Chandler Carruth | b98f63d | 2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 740 | INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass) |
Owen Anderson | 8ac477f | 2010-10-12 19:48:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 741 | INITIALIZE_AG_DEPENDENCY(AliasAnalysis) |
| 742 | INITIALIZE_PASS_END(GVN, "gvn", "Global Value Numbering", false, false) |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 743 | |
Manman Ren | 49d684e | 2012-09-12 05:06:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 744 | #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP) |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 745 | void GVN::dump(DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>& d) { |
Dan Gohman | 57e8086 | 2009-12-18 03:25:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 746 | errs() << "{\n"; |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 747 | for (DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>::iterator I = d.begin(), |
Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 748 | E = d.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Dan Gohman | 57e8086 | 2009-12-18 03:25:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 749 | errs() << I->first << "\n"; |
Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 750 | I->second->dump(); |
| 751 | } |
Dan Gohman | 57e8086 | 2009-12-18 03:25:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 752 | errs() << "}\n"; |
Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 753 | } |
Manman Ren | c3366cc | 2012-09-06 19:55:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 754 | #endif |
Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 755 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 756 | /// Return true if we can prove that the value |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | /// we're analyzing is fully available in the specified block. As we go, keep |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | /// track of which blocks we know are fully alive in FullyAvailableBlocks. This |
| 759 | /// map is actually a tri-state map with the following values: |
| 760 | /// 0) we know the block *is not* fully available. |
| 761 | /// 1) we know the block *is* fully available. |
| 762 | /// 2) we do not know whether the block is fully available or not, but we are |
| 763 | /// currently speculating that it will be. |
| 764 | /// 3) we are speculating for this block and have used that to speculate for |
| 765 | /// other blocks. |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 766 | static bool IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, |
Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 767 | DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char> &FullyAvailableBlocks, |
| 768 | uint32_t RecurseDepth) { |
| 769 | if (RecurseDepth > MaxRecurseDepth) |
| 770 | return false; |
| 771 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 772 | // Optimistically assume that the block is fully available and check to see |
| 773 | // if we already know about this block in one lookup. |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | std::pair<DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char>::iterator, char> IV = |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 775 | FullyAvailableBlocks.insert(std::make_pair(BB, 2)); |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 776 | |
| 777 | // If the entry already existed for this block, return the precomputed value. |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 778 | if (!IV.second) { |
| 779 | // If this is a speculative "available" value, mark it as being used for |
| 780 | // speculation of other blocks. |
| 781 | if (IV.first->second == 2) |
| 782 | IV.first->second = 3; |
| 783 | return IV.first->second != 0; |
| 784 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 785 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 786 | // Otherwise, see if it is fully available in all predecessors. |
| 787 | pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 788 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 789 | // If this block has no predecessors, it isn't live-in here. |
| 790 | if (PI == PE) |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 791 | goto SpeculationFailure; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 792 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 793 | for (; PI != PE; ++PI) |
| 794 | // If the value isn't fully available in one of our predecessors, then it |
| 795 | // isn't fully available in this block either. Undo our previous |
| 796 | // optimistic assumption and bail out. |
Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 797 | if (!IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(*PI, FullyAvailableBlocks,RecurseDepth+1)) |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 798 | goto SpeculationFailure; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 799 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 800 | return true; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 801 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 802 | // If we get here, we found out that this is not, after |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 803 | // all, a fully-available block. We have a problem if we speculated on this and |
| 804 | // used the speculation to mark other blocks as available. |
| 805 | SpeculationFailure: |
| 806 | char &BBVal = FullyAvailableBlocks[BB]; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 808 | // If we didn't speculate on this, just return with it set to false. |
| 809 | if (BBVal == 2) { |
| 810 | BBVal = 0; |
| 811 | return false; |
| 812 | } |
| 813 | |
| 814 | // If we did speculate on this value, we could have blocks set to 1 that are |
| 815 | // incorrect. Walk the (transitive) successors of this block and mark them as |
| 816 | // 0 if set to one. |
| 817 | SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 32> BBWorklist; |
| 818 | BBWorklist.push_back(BB); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 819 | |
Dan Gohman | 2894387 | 2010-01-05 16:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 820 | do { |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | BasicBlock *Entry = BBWorklist.pop_back_val(); |
| 822 | // Note that this sets blocks to 0 (unavailable) if they happen to not |
| 823 | // already be in FullyAvailableBlocks. This is safe. |
| 824 | char &EntryVal = FullyAvailableBlocks[Entry]; |
| 825 | if (EntryVal == 0) continue; // Already unavailable. |
| 826 | |
| 827 | // Mark as unavailable. |
| 828 | EntryVal = 0; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 829 | |
Benjamin Kramer | 3c29c07 | 2014-02-10 14:17:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 830 | BBWorklist.append(succ_begin(Entry), succ_end(Entry)); |
Dan Gohman | 2894387 | 2010-01-05 16:27:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 831 | } while (!BBWorklist.empty()); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 832 | |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 833 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 834 | } |
| 835 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 836 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 837 | /// Return true if CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType will succeed. |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 838 | static bool CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(Value *StoredVal, |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 839 | Type *LoadTy, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 840 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 841 | // If the loaded or stored value is an first class array or struct, don't try |
| 842 | // to transform them. We need to be able to bitcast to integer. |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 843 | if (LoadTy->isStructTy() || LoadTy->isArrayTy() || |
| 844 | StoredVal->getType()->isStructTy() || |
| 845 | StoredVal->getType()->isArrayTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 846 | return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 847 | |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 848 | // The store has to be at least as big as the load. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 849 | if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoredVal->getType()) < |
| 850 | DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy)) |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 851 | return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 852 | |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 853 | return true; |
| 854 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 855 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 856 | /// If we saw a store of a value to memory, and |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | /// then a load from a must-aliased pointer of a different type, try to coerce |
| 858 | /// the stored value. LoadedTy is the type of the load we want to replace and |
| 859 | /// InsertPt is the place to insert new instructions. |
| 860 | /// |
| 861 | /// If we can't do it, return null. |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | static Value *CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Value *StoredVal, |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | Type *LoadedTy, |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | Instruction *InsertPt, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
| 866 | if (!CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(StoredVal, LoadedTy, DL)) |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 867 | return nullptr; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 869 | // If this is already the right type, just return it. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 870 | Type *StoredValTy = StoredVal->getType(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 871 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | uint64_t StoreSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StoredValTy); |
| 873 | uint64_t LoadSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadedTy); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 874 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 875 | // If the store and reload are the same size, we can always reuse it. |
| 876 | if (StoreSize == LoadSize) { |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 877 | // Pointer to Pointer -> use bitcast. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 878 | if (StoredValTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() && |
| 879 | LoadedTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 880 | return new BitCastInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "", InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 881 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 882 | // Convert source pointers to integers, which can be bitcast. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 883 | if (StoredValTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 884 | StoredValTy = DL.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy); |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 885 | StoredVal = new PtrToIntInst(StoredVal, StoredValTy, "", InsertPt); |
| 886 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 887 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 888 | Type *TypeToCastTo = LoadedTy; |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 889 | if (TypeToCastTo->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 890 | TypeToCastTo = DL.getIntPtrType(TypeToCastTo); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 891 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 892 | if (StoredValTy != TypeToCastTo) |
| 893 | StoredVal = new BitCastInst(StoredVal, TypeToCastTo, "", InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 894 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 895 | // Cast to pointer if the load needs a pointer type. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 896 | if (LoadedTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 897 | StoredVal = new IntToPtrInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "", InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 898 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 899 | return StoredVal; |
| 900 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 901 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 902 | // If the loaded value is smaller than the available value, then we can |
| 903 | // extract out a piece from it. If the available value is too small, then we |
| 904 | // can't do anything. |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | assert(StoreSize >= LoadSize && "CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad fail"); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 906 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 907 | // Convert source pointers to integers, which can be manipulated. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 908 | if (StoredValTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 909 | StoredValTy = DL.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy); |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | StoredVal = new PtrToIntInst(StoredVal, StoredValTy, "", InsertPt); |
| 911 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 913 | // Convert vectors and fp to integer, which can be manipulated. |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 914 | if (!StoredValTy->isIntegerTy()) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 915 | StoredValTy = IntegerType::get(StoredValTy->getContext(), StoreSize); |
| 916 | StoredVal = new BitCastInst(StoredVal, StoredValTy, "", InsertPt); |
| 917 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 918 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 919 | // If this is a big-endian system, we need to shift the value down to the low |
| 920 | // bits so that a truncate will work. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 921 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 922 | Constant *Val = ConstantInt::get(StoredVal->getType(), StoreSize-LoadSize); |
| 923 | StoredVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(StoredVal, Val, "tmp", InsertPt); |
| 924 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | // Truncate the integer to the right size now. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 927 | Type *NewIntTy = IntegerType::get(StoredValTy->getContext(), LoadSize); |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 928 | StoredVal = new TruncInst(StoredVal, NewIntTy, "trunc", InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 929 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 930 | if (LoadedTy == NewIntTy) |
| 931 | return StoredVal; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 932 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 933 | // If the result is a pointer, inttoptr. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 934 | if (LoadedTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 935 | return new IntToPtrInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "inttoptr", InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 937 | // Otherwise, bitcast. |
| 938 | return new BitCastInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "bitcast", InsertPt); |
| 939 | } |
| 940 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 941 | /// This function is called when we have a |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 942 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering memory write (store, |
| 943 | /// memset, memcpy, memmove). This means that the write *may* provide bits used |
| 944 | /// by the load but we can't be sure because the pointers don't mustalias. |
| 945 | /// |
| 946 | /// Check this case to see if there is anything more we can do before we give |
| 947 | /// up. This returns -1 if we have to give up, or a byte number in the stored |
| 948 | /// value of the piece that feeds the load. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 949 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, |
Chris Lattner | 0def861 | 2009-12-09 07:34:10 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 950 | Value *WritePtr, |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 951 | uint64_t WriteSizeInBits, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 952 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
Chad Rosier | 6a0baa8 | 2012-01-30 22:44:13 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 953 | // If the loaded or stored value is a first class array or struct, don't try |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 954 | // to transform them. We need to be able to bitcast to integer. |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 955 | if (LoadTy->isStructTy() || LoadTy->isArrayTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 9045f23 | 2009-09-21 17:24:04 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 956 | return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 957 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 958 | int64_t StoreOffset = 0, LoadOffset = 0; |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 959 | Value *StoreBase = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(WritePtr,StoreOffset,&DL); |
| 960 | Value *LoadBase = GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffset, &DL); |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 961 | if (StoreBase != LoadBase) |
| 962 | return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 963 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 964 | // If the load and store are to the exact same address, they should have been |
| 965 | // a must alias. AA must have gotten confused. |
Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 966 | // FIXME: Study to see if/when this happens. One case is forwarding a memset |
| 967 | // to a load from the base of the memset. |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 968 | #if 0 |
Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 969 | if (LoadOffset == StoreOffset) { |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 970 | dbgs() << "STORE/LOAD DEP WITH COMMON POINTER MISSED:\n" |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 971 | << "Base = " << *StoreBase << "\n" |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 972 | << "Store Ptr = " << *WritePtr << "\n" |
| 973 | << "Store Offs = " << StoreOffset << "\n" |
Chris Lattner | 3ddf804 | 2009-12-10 00:04:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 974 | << "Load Ptr = " << *LoadPtr << "\n"; |
Chris Lattner | 946b58d | 2009-12-09 02:41:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 975 | abort(); |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 976 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 977 | #endif |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 978 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 979 | // If the load and store don't overlap at all, the store doesn't provide |
| 980 | // anything to the load. In this case, they really don't alias at all, AA |
| 981 | // must have gotten confused. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 982 | uint64_t LoadSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 983 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 984 | if ((WriteSizeInBits & 7) | (LoadSize & 7)) |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 985 | return -1; |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 986 | uint64_t StoreSize = WriteSizeInBits >> 3; // Convert to bytes. |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 987 | LoadSize >>= 3; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 988 | |
| 989 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 990 | bool isAAFailure = false; |
Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 991 | if (StoreOffset < LoadOffset) |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 992 | isAAFailure = StoreOffset+int64_t(StoreSize) <= LoadOffset; |
Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 993 | else |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 994 | isAAFailure = LoadOffset+int64_t(LoadSize) <= StoreOffset; |
Chris Lattner | 0563804 | 2010-03-25 05:58:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 995 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 996 | if (isAAFailure) { |
| 997 | #if 0 |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 998 | dbgs() << "STORE LOAD DEP WITH COMMON BASE:\n" |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 999 | << "Base = " << *StoreBase << "\n" |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1000 | << "Store Ptr = " << *WritePtr << "\n" |
| 1001 | << "Store Offs = " << StoreOffset << "\n" |
Chris Lattner | 3ddf804 | 2009-12-10 00:04:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1002 | << "Load Ptr = " << *LoadPtr << "\n"; |
Chris Lattner | 946b58d | 2009-12-09 02:41:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1003 | abort(); |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1004 | #endif |
| 1005 | return -1; |
| 1006 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1007 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1008 | // If the Load isn't completely contained within the stored bits, we don't |
| 1009 | // have all the bits to feed it. We could do something crazy in the future |
| 1010 | // (issue a smaller load then merge the bits in) but this seems unlikely to be |
| 1011 | // valuable. |
| 1012 | if (StoreOffset > LoadOffset || |
| 1013 | StoreOffset+StoreSize < LoadOffset+LoadSize) |
| 1014 | return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1015 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1016 | // Okay, we can do this transformation. Return the number of bytes into the |
| 1017 | // store that the load is. |
| 1018 | return LoadOffset-StoreOffset; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1019 | } |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1020 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1021 | /// This function is called when we have a |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1022 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1023 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, |
Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1024 | StoreInst *DepSI, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1025 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1026 | // Cannot handle reading from store of first-class aggregate yet. |
Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1027 | if (DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isStructTy() || |
| 1028 | DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isArrayTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1029 | return -1; |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | Value *StorePtr = DepSI->getPointerOperand(); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1032 | uint64_t StoreSize =DL.getTypeSizeInBits(DepSI->getValueOperand()->getType()); |
Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1033 | return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1034 | StorePtr, StoreSize, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1035 | } |
| 1036 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1037 | /// This function is called when we have a |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1038 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being clobbered by another load. See if |
| 1039 | /// the other load can feed into the second load. |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1040 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1041 | LoadInst *DepLI, const DataLayout &DL){ |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1042 | // Cannot handle reading from store of first-class aggregate yet. |
| 1043 | if (DepLI->getType()->isStructTy() || DepLI->getType()->isArrayTy()) |
| 1044 | return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1045 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1046 | Value *DepPtr = DepLI->getPointerOperand(); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1047 | uint64_t DepSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(DepLI->getType()); |
| 1048 | int R = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, DepPtr, DepSize, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1049 | if (R != -1) return R; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1050 | |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1051 | // If we have a load/load clobber an DepLI can be widened to cover this load, |
| 1052 | // then we should widen it! |
| 1053 | int64_t LoadOffs = 0; |
| 1054 | const Value *LoadBase = |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1055 | GetPointerBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffs, &DL); |
| 1056 | unsigned LoadSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LoadTy); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1057 | |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1058 | unsigned Size = MemoryDependenceAnalysis:: |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1059 | getLoadLoadClobberFullWidthSize(LoadBase, LoadOffs, LoadSize, DepLI, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1060 | if (Size == 0) return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1061 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1062 | return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, DepPtr, Size*8, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1063 | } |
| 1064 | |
| 1065 | |
| 1066 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1067 | static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr, |
Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | MemIntrinsic *MI, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | const DataLayout &DL) { |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1070 | // If the mem operation is a non-constant size, we can't handle it. |
| 1071 | ConstantInt *SizeCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength()); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1072 | if (!SizeCst) return -1; |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1073 | uint64_t MemSizeInBits = SizeCst->getZExtValue()*8; |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1074 | |
| 1075 | // If this is memset, we just need to see if the offset is valid in the size |
| 1076 | // of the memset.. |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | if (MI->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memset) |
Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, MI->getDest(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1079 | MemSizeInBits, DL); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1080 | |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1081 | // If we have a memcpy/memmove, the only case we can handle is if this is a |
| 1082 | // copy from constant memory. In that case, we can read directly from the |
| 1083 | // constant memory. |
| 1084 | MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(MI); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1085 | |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | Constant *Src = dyn_cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource()); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | if (!Src) return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1088 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GetUnderlyingObject(Src, &DL)); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1090 | if (!GV || !GV->isConstant()) return -1; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1091 | |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1092 | // See if the access is within the bounds of the transfer. |
Chris Lattner | 07df9ef | 2009-12-09 07:37:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1093 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1094 | MI->getDest(), MemSizeInBits, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1095 | if (Offset == -1) |
| 1096 | return Offset; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1097 | |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1098 | unsigned AS = Src->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1099 | // Otherwise, see if we can constant fold a load from the constant with the |
| 1100 | // offset applied as appropriate. |
| 1101 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1102 | Type::getInt8PtrTy(Src->getContext(), AS)); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1103 | Constant *OffsetCst = |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1104 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset); |
Jay Foad | ed8db7d | 2011-07-21 14:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1105 | Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Src, OffsetCst); |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1106 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::get(LoadTy, AS)); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1107 | if (ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, &DL)) |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1108 | return Offset; |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1109 | return -1; |
| 1110 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1113 | /// This function is called when we have a |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1114 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store. This means |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1115 | /// that the store provides bits used by the load but we the pointers don't |
| 1116 | /// mustalias. Check this case to see if there is anything more we can do |
| 1117 | /// before we give up. |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1118 | static Value *GetStoreValueForLoad(Value *SrcVal, unsigned Offset, |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1119 | Type *LoadTy, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1120 | Instruction *InsertPt, const DataLayout &DL){ |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | LLVMContext &Ctx = SrcVal->getType()->getContext(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1123 | uint64_t StoreSize = (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcVal->getType()) + 7) / 8; |
| 1124 | uint64_t LoadSize = (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy) + 7) / 8; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1125 | |
Chris Lattner | f8ba125 | 2009-12-09 18:13:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1126 | IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt->getParent(), InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1127 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1128 | // Compute which bits of the stored value are being used by the load. Convert |
| 1129 | // to an integer type to start with. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | if (SrcVal->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Micah Villmow | 12d9127 | 2012-10-24 15:52:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | SrcVal = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(SrcVal, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1132 | DL.getIntPtrType(SrcVal->getType())); |
Duncan Sands | 19d0b47 | 2010-02-16 11:11:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1133 | if (!SrcVal->getType()->isIntegerTy()) |
Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcVal, IntegerType::get(Ctx, StoreSize*8)); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1135 | |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1136 | // Shift the bits to the least significant depending on endianness. |
| 1137 | unsigned ShiftAmt; |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | if (DL.isLittleEndian()) |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1139 | ShiftAmt = Offset*8; |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1140 | else |
Chris Lattner | 2470538 | 2009-09-21 17:55:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1141 | ShiftAmt = (StoreSize-LoadSize-Offset)*8; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1142 | |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1143 | if (ShiftAmt) |
Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1144 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateLShr(SrcVal, ShiftAmt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1145 | |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1146 | if (LoadSize != StoreSize) |
Benjamin Kramer | 547b6c5 | 2011-09-27 20:39:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1147 | SrcVal = Builder.CreateTrunc(SrcVal, IntegerType::get(Ctx, LoadSize*8)); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | return CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(SrcVal, LoadTy, InsertPt, DL); |
Chris Lattner | d28f908 | 2009-09-21 06:24:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1150 | } |
| 1151 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1152 | /// This function is called when we have a |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1153 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering load. This means |
| 1154 | /// that the load *may* provide bits used by the load but we can't be sure |
| 1155 | /// because the pointers don't mustalias. Check this case to see if there is |
| 1156 | /// anything more we can do before we give up. |
| 1157 | static Value *GetLoadValueForLoad(LoadInst *SrcVal, unsigned Offset, |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1158 | Type *LoadTy, Instruction *InsertPt, |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1159 | GVN &gvn) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1160 | const DataLayout &DL = *gvn.getDataLayout(); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1161 | // If Offset+LoadTy exceeds the size of SrcVal, then we must be wanting to |
| 1162 | // widen SrcVal out to a larger load. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1163 | unsigned SrcValSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(SrcVal->getType()); |
| 1164 | unsigned LoadSize = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LoadTy); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1165 | if (Offset+LoadSize > SrcValSize) { |
Eli Friedman | 9a46815 | 2011-08-17 22:22:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1166 | assert(SrcVal->isSimple() && "Cannot widen volatile/atomic load!"); |
| 1167 | assert(SrcVal->getType()->isIntegerTy() && "Can't widen non-integer load"); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1168 | // If we have a load/load clobber an DepLI can be widened to cover this |
| 1169 | // load, then we should widen it to the next power of 2 size big enough! |
| 1170 | unsigned NewLoadSize = Offset+LoadSize; |
| 1171 | if (!isPowerOf2_32(NewLoadSize)) |
| 1172 | NewLoadSize = NextPowerOf2(NewLoadSize); |
| 1173 | |
| 1174 | Value *PtrVal = SrcVal->getPointerOperand(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1175 | |
Chris Lattner | 1777601 | 2011-04-28 18:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1176 | // Insert the new load after the old load. This ensures that subsequent |
| 1177 | // memdep queries will find the new load. We can't easily remove the old |
| 1178 | // load completely because it is already in the value numbering table. |
| 1179 | IRBuilder<> Builder(SrcVal->getParent(), ++BasicBlock::iterator(SrcVal)); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1180 | Type *DestPTy = |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1181 | IntegerType::get(LoadTy->getContext(), NewLoadSize*8); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1182 | DestPTy = PointerType::get(DestPTy, |
Matt Arsenault | 404c60a | 2013-10-21 19:43:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | PtrVal->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()); |
Devang Patel | ffb798c | 2011-05-04 23:58:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1184 | Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(SrcVal->getDebugLoc()); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | PtrVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(PtrVal, DestPTy); |
| 1186 | LoadInst *NewLoad = Builder.CreateLoad(PtrVal); |
| 1187 | NewLoad->takeName(SrcVal); |
| 1188 | NewLoad->setAlignment(SrcVal->getAlignment()); |
Devang Patel | ffb798c | 2011-05-04 23:58:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1189 | |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1190 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN WIDENED LOAD: " << *SrcVal << "\n"); |
| 1191 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "TO: " << *NewLoad << "\n"); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1192 | |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1193 | // Replace uses of the original load with the wider load. On a big endian |
| 1194 | // system, we need to shift down to get the relevant bits. |
| 1195 | Value *RV = NewLoad; |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1196 | if (DL.isBigEndian()) |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | RV = Builder.CreateLShr(RV, |
| 1198 | NewLoadSize*8-SrcVal->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()); |
| 1199 | RV = Builder.CreateTrunc(RV, SrcVal->getType()); |
| 1200 | SrcVal->replaceAllUsesWith(RV); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1201 | |
Chris Lattner | a5452c0 | 2011-04-28 20:02:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1202 | // We would like to use gvn.markInstructionForDeletion here, but we can't |
| 1203 | // because the load is already memoized into the leader map table that GVN |
| 1204 | // tracks. It is potentially possible to remove the load from the table, |
| 1205 | // but then there all of the operations based on it would need to be |
| 1206 | // rehashed. Just leave the dead load around. |
Chris Lattner | 45e393f | 2011-04-28 18:08:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1207 | gvn.getMemDep().removeInstruction(SrcVal); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1208 | SrcVal = NewLoad; |
| 1209 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1210 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1211 | return GetStoreValueForLoad(SrcVal, Offset, LoadTy, InsertPt, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1212 | } |
| 1213 | |
| 1214 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1215 | /// This function is called when we have a |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1216 | /// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering mem intrinsic. |
| 1217 | static Value *GetMemInstValueForLoad(MemIntrinsic *SrcInst, unsigned Offset, |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1218 | Type *LoadTy, Instruction *InsertPt, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | const DataLayout &DL){ |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | LLVMContext &Ctx = LoadTy->getContext(); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1221 | uint64_t LoadSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy)/8; |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1222 | |
| 1223 | IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt->getParent(), InsertPt); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1224 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1225 | // We know that this method is only called when the mem transfer fully |
| 1226 | // provides the bits for the load. |
| 1227 | if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(SrcInst)) { |
| 1228 | // memset(P, 'x', 1234) -> splat('x'), even if x is a variable, and |
| 1229 | // independently of what the offset is. |
| 1230 | Value *Val = MSI->getValue(); |
| 1231 | if (LoadSize != 1) |
| 1232 | Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Val, IntegerType::get(Ctx, LoadSize*8)); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1233 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1234 | Value *OneElt = Val; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1235 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1236 | // Splat the value out to the right number of bits. |
| 1237 | for (unsigned NumBytesSet = 1; NumBytesSet != LoadSize; ) { |
| 1238 | // If we can double the number of bytes set, do it. |
| 1239 | if (NumBytesSet*2 <= LoadSize) { |
| 1240 | Value *ShVal = Builder.CreateShl(Val, NumBytesSet*8); |
| 1241 | Val = Builder.CreateOr(Val, ShVal); |
| 1242 | NumBytesSet <<= 1; |
| 1243 | continue; |
| 1244 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1245 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1246 | // Otherwise insert one byte at a time. |
| 1247 | Value *ShVal = Builder.CreateShl(Val, 1*8); |
| 1248 | Val = Builder.CreateOr(OneElt, ShVal); |
| 1249 | ++NumBytesSet; |
| 1250 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1251 | |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1252 | return CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Val, LoadTy, InsertPt, DL); |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1253 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1254 | |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1255 | // Otherwise, this is a memcpy/memmove from a constant global. |
| 1256 | MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(SrcInst); |
| 1257 | Constant *Src = cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource()); |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1258 | unsigned AS = Src->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace(); |
Chris Lattner | 778cb92 | 2009-12-06 05:29:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1259 | |
| 1260 | // Otherwise, see if we can constant fold a load from the constant with the |
| 1261 | // offset applied as appropriate. |
| 1262 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1263 | Type::getInt8PtrTy(Src->getContext(), AS)); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1264 | Constant *OffsetCst = |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1265 | ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset); |
Jay Foad | ed8db7d | 2011-07-21 14:31:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1266 | Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Src, OffsetCst); |
Matt Arsenault | 614ea99 | 2013-10-30 19:05:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1267 | Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::get(LoadTy, AS)); |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1268 | return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, &DL); |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1269 | } |
| 1270 | |
Dan Gohman | b29cda9 | 2010-04-15 17:08:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1271 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1272 | /// Given a set of loads specified by ValuesPerBlock, |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1273 | /// construct SSA form, allowing us to eliminate LI. This returns the value |
| 1274 | /// that should be used at LI's definition site. |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1275 | static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI, |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1276 | SmallVectorImpl<AvailableValueInBlock> &ValuesPerBlock, |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1277 | GVN &gvn) { |
Chris Lattner | bf20018 | 2009-12-21 23:15:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1278 | // Check for the fully redundant, dominating load case. In this case, we can |
| 1279 | // just use the dominating value directly. |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1280 | if (ValuesPerBlock.size() == 1 && |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1281 | gvn.getDominatorTree().properlyDominates(ValuesPerBlock[0].BB, |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1282 | LI->getParent())) { |
| 1283 | assert(!ValuesPerBlock[0].isUndefValue() && "Dead BB dominate this block"); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1284 | return ValuesPerBlock[0].MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI->getType(), gvn); |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1285 | } |
Chris Lattner | bf20018 | 2009-12-21 23:15:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1286 | |
| 1287 | // Otherwise, we have to construct SSA form. |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1288 | SmallVector<PHINode*, 8> NewPHIs; |
| 1289 | SSAUpdater SSAUpdate(&NewPHIs); |
Duncan Sands | 6778149 | 2010-09-02 08:14:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1290 | SSAUpdate.Initialize(LI->getType(), LI->getName()); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1291 | |
Chris Lattner | 229907c | 2011-07-18 04:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1292 | Type *LoadTy = LI->getType(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1293 | |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1294 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 93236ba | 2009-12-06 04:54:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1295 | const AvailableValueInBlock &AV = ValuesPerBlock[i]; |
| 1296 | BasicBlock *BB = AV.BB; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1297 | |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1298 | if (SSAUpdate.HasValueForBlock(BB)) |
| 1299 | continue; |
Chris Lattner | 93236ba | 2009-12-06 04:54:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1300 | |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1301 | SSAUpdate.AddAvailableValue(BB, AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadTy, gvn)); |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1302 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1304 | // Perform PHI construction. |
| 1305 | Value *V = SSAUpdate.GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(LI->getParent()); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1306 | |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | // If new PHI nodes were created, notify alias analysis. |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | if (V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1309 | AliasAnalysis *AA = gvn.getAliasAnalysis(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1310 | |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1311 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewPHIs.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1312 | AA->copyValue(LI, NewPHIs[i]); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1313 | |
Owen Anderson | d62d372 | 2011-01-03 23:51:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1314 | // Now that we've copied information to the new PHIs, scan through |
| 1315 | // them again and inform alias analysis that we've added potentially |
| 1316 | // escaping uses to any values that are operands to these PHIs. |
| 1317 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewPHIs.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 1318 | PHINode *P = NewPHIs[i]; |
Jay Foad | 372ad64 | 2011-06-20 14:18:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1319 | for (unsigned ii = 0, ee = P->getNumIncomingValues(); ii != ee; ++ii) { |
| 1320 | unsigned jj = PHINode::getOperandNumForIncomingValue(ii); |
| 1321 | AA->addEscapingUse(P->getOperandUse(jj)); |
| 1322 | } |
Owen Anderson | d62d372 | 2011-01-03 23:51:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1323 | } |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1324 | } |
Chris Lattner | b6c65fa | 2009-10-10 23:50:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1325 | |
| 1326 | return V; |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1327 | } |
| 1328 | |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1329 | Value *AvailableValueInBlock::MaterializeAdjustedValue(Type *LoadTy, GVN &gvn) const { |
| 1330 | Value *Res; |
| 1331 | if (isSimpleValue()) { |
| 1332 | Res = getSimpleValue(); |
| 1333 | if (Res->getType() != LoadTy) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1334 | const DataLayout *DL = gvn.getDataLayout(); |
| 1335 | assert(DL && "Need target data to handle type mismatch case"); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1336 | Res = GetStoreValueForLoad(Res, Offset, LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1337 | *DL); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1338 | |
| 1339 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL VAL:\nOffset: " << Offset << " " |
| 1340 | << *getSimpleValue() << '\n' |
| 1341 | << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n"); |
| 1342 | } |
| 1343 | } else if (isCoercedLoadValue()) { |
| 1344 | LoadInst *Load = getCoercedLoadValue(); |
| 1345 | if (Load->getType() == LoadTy && Offset == 0) { |
| 1346 | Res = Load; |
| 1347 | } else { |
| 1348 | Res = GetLoadValueForLoad(Load, Offset, LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(), |
| 1349 | gvn); |
| 1350 | |
| 1351 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL LOAD:\nOffset: " << Offset << " " |
| 1352 | << *getCoercedLoadValue() << '\n' |
| 1353 | << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n"); |
| 1354 | } |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1355 | } else if (isMemIntrinValue()) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1356 | const DataLayout *DL = gvn.getDataLayout(); |
| 1357 | assert(DL && "Need target data to handle type mismatch case"); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1358 | Res = GetMemInstValueForLoad(getMemIntrinValue(), Offset, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1359 | LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(), *DL); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1360 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL MEM INTRIN:\nOffset: " << Offset |
| 1361 | << " " << *getMemIntrinValue() << '\n' |
| 1362 | << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n"); |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1363 | } else { |
| 1364 | assert(isUndefValue() && "Should be UndefVal"); |
| 1365 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL Undef:\n";); |
| 1366 | return UndefValue::get(LoadTy); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1367 | } |
| 1368 | return Res; |
| 1369 | } |
| 1370 | |
Gabor Greif | ce6dd88 | 2010-04-09 10:57:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1371 | static bool isLifetimeStart(const Instruction *Inst) { |
| 1372 | if (const IntrinsicInst* II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Inst)) |
Owen Anderson | b9878ee | 2009-12-02 07:35:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1373 | return II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start; |
Chris Lattner | c468025 | 2009-12-02 06:44:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1374 | return false; |
| 1375 | } |
| 1376 | |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1377 | void GVN::AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LoadInst *LI, LoadDepVect &Deps, |
| 1378 | AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, |
| 1379 | UnavailBlkVect &UnavailableBlocks) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | // Filter out useless results (non-locals, etc). Keep track of the blocks |
| 1382 | // where we have a value available in repl, also keep track of whether we see |
| 1383 | // dependencies that produce an unknown value for the load (such as a call |
| 1384 | // that could potentially clobber the load). |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1385 | unsigned NumDeps = Deps.size(); |
Bill Wendling | 8a33312 | 2012-01-31 06:57:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1386 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumDeps; i != e; ++i) { |
Chris Lattner | 0c31547 | 2009-12-09 07:08:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1387 | BasicBlock *DepBB = Deps[i].getBB(); |
| 1388 | MemDepResult DepInfo = Deps[i].getResult(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1389 | |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1390 | if (DeadBlocks.count(DepBB)) { |
| 1391 | // Dead dependent mem-op disguise as a load evaluating the same value |
| 1392 | // as the load in question. |
| 1393 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getUndef(DepBB)); |
| 1394 | continue; |
| 1395 | } |
| 1396 | |
Eli Friedman | c1702c8 | 2011-10-13 22:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1397 | if (!DepInfo.isDef() && !DepInfo.isClobber()) { |
Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1398 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); |
| 1399 | continue; |
| 1400 | } |
| 1401 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1402 | if (DepInfo.isClobber()) { |
Chris Lattner | ca5f9cb | 2009-12-09 18:21:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1403 | // The address being loaded in this non-local block may not be the same as |
| 1404 | // the pointer operand of the load if PHI translation occurs. Make sure |
| 1405 | // to consider the right address. |
| 1406 | Value *Address = Deps[i].getAddress(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1407 | |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1408 | // If the dependence is to a store that writes to a superset of the bits |
| 1409 | // read by the load, we can extract the bits we need for the load from the |
| 1410 | // stored value. |
| 1411 | if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1412 | if (DL && Address) { |
Chris Lattner | ca5f9cb | 2009-12-09 18:21:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1413 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LI->getType(), Address, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | DepSI, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1415 | if (Offset != -1) { |
| 1416 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB, |
Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1417 | DepSI->getValueOperand(), |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1418 | Offset)); |
| 1419 | continue; |
| 1420 | } |
| 1421 | } |
| 1422 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1423 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1424 | // Check to see if we have something like this: |
| 1425 | // load i32* P |
| 1426 | // load i8* (P+1) |
| 1427 | // if we have this, replace the later with an extraction from the former. |
| 1428 | if (LoadInst *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) { |
| 1429 | // If this is a clobber and L is the first instruction in its block, then |
| 1430 | // we have the first instruction in the entry block. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1431 | if (DepLI != LI && Address && DL) { |
Akira Hatanaka | f76388d | 2014-05-02 17:59:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1432 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(LI->getType(), Address, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1433 | DepLI, *DL); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1434 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1435 | if (Offset != -1) { |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1436 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getLoad(DepBB,DepLI, |
| 1437 | Offset)); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1438 | continue; |
| 1439 | } |
| 1440 | } |
| 1441 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1442 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1443 | // If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can |
| 1444 | // forward a value on from it. |
Chris Lattner | 93236ba | 2009-12-06 04:54:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1445 | if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(DepInfo.getInst())) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1446 | if (DL && Address) { |
Chris Lattner | ca5f9cb | 2009-12-09 18:21:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1447 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(LI->getType(), Address, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1448 | DepMI, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 93236ba | 2009-12-06 04:54:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1449 | if (Offset != -1) { |
| 1450 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getMI(DepBB, DepMI, |
| 1451 | Offset)); |
| 1452 | continue; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1453 | } |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1454 | } |
| 1455 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1456 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1457 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); |
| 1458 | continue; |
| 1459 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1460 | |
Eli Friedman | c1702c8 | 2011-10-13 22:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1461 | // DepInfo.isDef() here |
Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1462 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1463 | Instruction *DepInst = DepInfo.getInst(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1464 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1465 | // Loading the allocation -> undef. |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1466 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI) || |
Owen Anderson | b9878ee | 2009-12-02 07:35:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | // Loading immediately after lifetime begin -> undef. |
| 1468 | isLifetimeStart(DepInst)) { |
Chris Lattner | 0cdc17e | 2009-09-21 06:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1469 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB, |
| 1470 | UndefValue::get(LI->getType()))); |
Chris Lattner | 7e61daf | 2008-12-01 01:15:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1471 | continue; |
| 1472 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1473 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | fd5c553 | 2014-06-12 21:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1474 | // Loading from calloc (which zero initializes memory) -> zero |
| 1475 | if (isCallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { |
| 1476 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get( |
| 1477 | DepBB, Constant::getNullValue(LI->getType()))); |
| 1478 | continue; |
| 1479 | } |
| 1480 | |
Chris Lattner | 0cdc17e | 2009-09-21 06:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | if (StoreInst *S = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) { |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | // Reject loads and stores that are to the same address but are of |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | // different types if we have to. |
Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1484 | if (S->getValueOperand()->getType() != LI->getType()) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1485 | // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can |
| 1486 | // reuse it. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1487 | if (!DL || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getValueOperand(), |
| 1488 | LI->getType(), *DL)) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1489 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); |
| 1490 | continue; |
| 1491 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1492 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1493 | |
Chris Lattner | 0cdc17e | 2009-09-21 06:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1494 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB, |
Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1495 | S->getValueOperand())); |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1496 | continue; |
| 1497 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1498 | |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1499 | if (LoadInst *LD = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1500 | // If the types mismatch and we can't handle it, reject reuse of the load. |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1501 | if (LD->getType() != LI->getType()) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1502 | // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can |
| 1503 | // reuse it. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1504 | if (!DL || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(),*DL)) { |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1505 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); |
| 1506 | continue; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1507 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1508 | } |
Chris Lattner | 827a270 | 2011-04-28 07:29:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1509 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getLoad(DepBB, LD)); |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1510 | continue; |
Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1511 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1512 | |
Chris Lattner | 4d8af2f | 2009-09-21 06:48:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1513 | UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB); |
Chris Lattner | 2876a64 | 2008-03-21 21:14:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1514 | } |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1515 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1516 | |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1517 | bool GVN::PerformLoadPRE(LoadInst *LI, AvailValInBlkVect &ValuesPerBlock, |
| 1518 | UnavailBlkVect &UnavailableBlocks) { |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1519 | // Okay, we have *some* definitions of the value. This means that the value |
| 1520 | // is available in some of our (transitive) predecessors. Lets think about |
| 1521 | // doing PRE of this load. This will involve inserting a new load into the |
| 1522 | // predecessor when it's not available. We could do this in general, but |
| 1523 | // prefer to not increase code size. As such, we only do this when we know |
| 1524 | // that we only have to insert *one* load (which means we're basically moving |
| 1525 | // the load, not inserting a new one). |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1526 | |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1527 | SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4> Blockers; |
| 1528 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = UnavailableBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1529 | Blockers.insert(UnavailableBlocks[i]); |
| 1530 | |
Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1531 | // Let's find the first basic block with more than one predecessor. Walk |
| 1532 | // backwards through predecessors if needed. |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1533 | BasicBlock *LoadBB = LI->getParent(); |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1534 | BasicBlock *TmpBB = LoadBB; |
| 1535 | |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1536 | while (TmpBB->getSinglePredecessor()) { |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | TmpBB = TmpBB->getSinglePredecessor(); |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1538 | if (TmpBB == LoadBB) // Infinite (unreachable) loop. |
| 1539 | return false; |
| 1540 | if (Blockers.count(TmpBB)) |
| 1541 | return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1542 | |
Owen Anderson | b590a92 | 2010-09-25 05:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1543 | // If any of these blocks has more than one successor (i.e. if the edge we |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1544 | // just traversed was critical), then there are other paths through this |
| 1545 | // block along which the load may not be anticipated. Hoisting the load |
Owen Anderson | b590a92 | 2010-09-25 05:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1546 | // above this block would be adding the load to execution paths along |
| 1547 | // which it was not previously executed. |
Dale Johannesen | 81b6463 | 2009-06-17 20:48:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1548 | if (TmpBB->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) |
Owen Anderson | b590a92 | 2010-09-25 05:26:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1549 | return false; |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1550 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1551 | |
Owen Anderson | cc0c75c | 2009-05-31 09:03:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1552 | assert(TmpBB); |
| 1553 | LoadBB = TmpBB; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1554 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1555 | // Check to see how many predecessors have the loaded value fully |
| 1556 | // available. |
Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1557 | MapVector<BasicBlock *, Value *> PredLoads; |
Chris Lattner | d2a653a | 2008-12-05 07:49:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1558 | DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char> FullyAvailableBlocks; |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1559 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i) |
Chris Lattner | 0cdc17e | 2009-09-21 06:30:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1560 | FullyAvailableBlocks[ValuesPerBlock[i].BB] = true; |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1561 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = UnavailableBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) |
| 1562 | FullyAvailableBlocks[UnavailableBlocks[i]] = false; |
| 1563 | |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1564 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> CriticalEdgePred; |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 6c99015 | 2014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1565 | for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(LoadBB), E = pred_end(LoadBB); |
| 1566 | PI != E; ++PI) { |
| 1567 | BasicBlock *Pred = *PI; |
Mon P Wang | 6120cfb | 2012-04-27 18:09:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1568 | if (IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(Pred, FullyAvailableBlocks, 0)) { |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1569 | continue; |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1570 | } |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1571 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1572 | if (Pred->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) { |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1573 | if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())) { |
| 1574 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULD NOT PRE LOAD BECAUSE OF INDBR CRITICAL EDGE '" |
| 1575 | << Pred->getName() << "': " << *LI << '\n'); |
| 1576 | return false; |
| 1577 | } |
Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1578 | |
| 1579 | if (LoadBB->isLandingPad()) { |
| 1580 | DEBUG(dbgs() |
| 1581 | << "COULD NOT PRE LOAD BECAUSE OF LANDING PAD CRITICAL EDGE '" |
| 1582 | << Pred->getName() << "': " << *LI << '\n'); |
| 1583 | return false; |
| 1584 | } |
| 1585 | |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1586 | CriticalEdgePred.push_back(Pred); |
Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1587 | } else { |
| 1588 | // Only add the predecessors that will not be split for now. |
| 1589 | PredLoads[Pred] = nullptr; |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1590 | } |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1591 | } |
Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1592 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1593 | // Decide whether PRE is profitable for this load. |
Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1594 | unsigned NumUnavailablePreds = PredLoads.size() + CriticalEdgePred.size(); |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1595 | assert(NumUnavailablePreds != 0 && |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1596 | "Fully available value should already be eliminated!"); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1597 | |
Owen Anderson | 13a642d | 2010-10-01 20:02:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1598 | // If this load is unavailable in multiple predecessors, reject it. |
| 1599 | // FIXME: If we could restructure the CFG, we could make a common pred with |
| 1600 | // all the preds that don't have an available LI and insert a new load into |
| 1601 | // that one block. |
| 1602 | if (NumUnavailablePreds != 1) |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1603 | return false; |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1604 | |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1605 | // Split critical edges, and update the unavailable predecessors accordingly. |
Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1606 | for (BasicBlock *OrigPred : CriticalEdgePred) { |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1607 | BasicBlock *NewPred = splitCriticalEdges(OrigPred, LoadBB); |
Benjamin Kramer | 3f085ba | 2014-05-13 21:06:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1608 | assert(!PredLoads.count(OrigPred) && "Split edges shouldn't be in map!"); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1609 | PredLoads[NewPred] = nullptr; |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1610 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "Split critical edge " << OrigPred->getName() << "->" |
| 1611 | << LoadBB->getName() << '\n'); |
| 1612 | } |
| 1613 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1614 | // Check if the load can safely be moved to all the unavailable predecessors. |
| 1615 | bool CanDoPRE = true; |
Chris Lattner | 44da5bd | 2009-11-28 15:39:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1616 | SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> NewInsts; |
Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1617 | for (auto &PredLoad : PredLoads) { |
| 1618 | BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = PredLoad.first; |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1619 | |
| 1620 | // Do PHI translation to get its value in the predecessor if necessary. The |
| 1621 | // returned pointer (if non-null) is guaranteed to dominate UnavailablePred. |
| 1622 | |
| 1623 | // If all preds have a single successor, then we know it is safe to insert |
| 1624 | // the load on the pred (?!?), so we can insert code to materialize the |
| 1625 | // pointer if it is not available. |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1626 | PHITransAddr Address(LI->getPointerOperand(), DL, AC); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1627 | Value *LoadPtr = nullptr; |
Shuxin Yang | af2c3dd | 2013-05-02 21:14:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1628 | LoadPtr = Address.PHITranslateWithInsertion(LoadBB, UnavailablePred, |
| 1629 | *DT, NewInsts); |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1630 | |
| 1631 | // If we couldn't find or insert a computation of this phi translated value, |
| 1632 | // we fail PRE. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1633 | if (!LoadPtr) { |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1634 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULDN'T INSERT PHI TRANSLATED VALUE OF: " |
Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1635 | << *LI->getPointerOperand() << "\n"); |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1636 | CanDoPRE = false; |
| 1637 | break; |
| 1638 | } |
| 1639 | |
Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1640 | PredLoad.second = LoadPtr; |
Chris Lattner | 972e6d8 | 2009-12-09 01:59:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1641 | } |
| 1642 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1643 | if (!CanDoPRE) { |
Chris Lattner | 193ce7c | 2011-01-11 08:19:16 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1644 | while (!NewInsts.empty()) { |
| 1645 | Instruction *I = NewInsts.pop_back_val(); |
| 1646 | if (MD) MD->removeInstruction(I); |
| 1647 | I->eraseFromParent(); |
| 1648 | } |
Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1649 | // HINT: Don't revert the edge-splitting as following transformation may |
| 1650 | // also need to split these critical edges. |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1651 | return !CriticalEdgePred.empty(); |
Chris Lattner | 3214031 | 2009-11-28 16:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1652 | } |
Dale Johannesen | 81b6463 | 2009-06-17 20:48:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1653 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1654 | // Okay, we can eliminate this load by inserting a reload in the predecessor |
| 1655 | // and using PHI construction to get the value in the other predecessors, do |
| 1656 | // it. |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1657 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN REMOVING PRE LOAD: " << *LI << '\n'); |
Chris Lattner | 3214031 | 2009-11-28 16:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1658 | DEBUG(if (!NewInsts.empty()) |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1659 | dbgs() << "INSERTED " << NewInsts.size() << " INSTS: " |
Chris Lattner | 3214031 | 2009-11-28 16:08:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1660 | << *NewInsts.back() << '\n'); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1661 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1662 | // Assign value numbers to the new instructions. |
| 1663 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewInsts.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | // FIXME: We really _ought_ to insert these value numbers into their |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1665 | // parent's availability map. However, in doing so, we risk getting into |
| 1666 | // ordering issues. If a block hasn't been processed yet, we would be |
| 1667 | // marking a value as AVAIL-IN, which isn't what we intend. |
| 1668 | VN.lookup_or_add(NewInsts[i]); |
| 1669 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1670 | |
Benjamin Kramer | d97f95e | 2014-05-13 21:06:36 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1671 | for (const auto &PredLoad : PredLoads) { |
| 1672 | BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = PredLoad.first; |
| 1673 | Value *LoadPtr = PredLoad.second; |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1674 | |
Dan Gohman | 4467aa5 | 2010-12-15 23:53:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1675 | Instruction *NewLoad = new LoadInst(LoadPtr, LI->getName()+".pre", false, |
| 1676 | LI->getAlignment(), |
| 1677 | UnavailablePred->getTerminator()); |
| 1678 | |
Hal Finkel | cc39b67 | 2014-07-24 12:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1679 | // Transfer the old load's AA tags to the new load. |
| 1680 | AAMDNodes Tags; |
| 1681 | LI->getAAMetadata(Tags); |
| 1682 | if (Tags) |
| 1683 | NewLoad->setAAMetadata(Tags); |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1684 | |
Devang Patel | c5933f2 | 2011-05-17 19:43:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1685 | // Transfer DebugLoc. |
| 1686 | NewLoad->setDebugLoc(LI->getDebugLoc()); |
| 1687 | |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | // Add the newly created load. |
| 1689 | ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(UnavailablePred, |
| 1690 | NewLoad)); |
Bob Wilson | 923261b | 2010-02-23 05:55:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1691 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(LoadPtr); |
| 1692 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN INSERTED " << *NewLoad << '\n'); |
Bob Wilson | d517b52 | 2010-02-01 21:17:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1694 | |
Chris Lattner | 1db9bbe | 2008-12-02 08:16:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1695 | // Perform PHI construction. |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1696 | Value *V = ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LI, ValuesPerBlock, *this); |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1697 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
| 1698 | if (isa<PHINode>(V)) |
| 1699 | V->takeName(LI); |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1700 | if (V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | a0aa8fb | 2009-09-20 20:09:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1701 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1702 | markInstructionForDeletion(LI); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1703 | ++NumPRELoad; |
Owen Anderson | 5e5599b | 2007-07-25 19:57:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1704 | return true; |
| 1705 | } |
| 1706 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1707 | /// Attempt to eliminate a load whose dependencies are |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1708 | /// non-local by performing PHI construction. |
| 1709 | bool GVN::processNonLocalLoad(LoadInst *LI) { |
| 1710 | // Step 1: Find the non-local dependencies of the load. |
| 1711 | LoadDepVect Deps; |
Philip Reames | 567feb9 | 2015-01-09 00:04:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1712 | MD->getNonLocalPointerDependency(LI, Deps); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1713 | |
| 1714 | // If we had to process more than one hundred blocks to find the |
| 1715 | // dependencies, this load isn't worth worrying about. Optimizing |
| 1716 | // it will be too expensive. |
| 1717 | unsigned NumDeps = Deps.size(); |
| 1718 | if (NumDeps > 100) |
| 1719 | return false; |
| 1720 | |
| 1721 | // If we had a phi translation failure, we'll have a single entry which is a |
| 1722 | // clobber in the current block. Reject this early. |
| 1723 | if (NumDeps == 1 && |
| 1724 | !Deps[0].getResult().isDef() && !Deps[0].getResult().isClobber()) { |
| 1725 | DEBUG( |
| 1726 | dbgs() << "GVN: non-local load "; |
Chandler Carruth | d48cdbf | 2014-01-09 02:29:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1727 | LI->printAsOperand(dbgs()); |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1728 | dbgs() << " has unknown dependencies\n"; |
| 1729 | ); |
| 1730 | return false; |
| 1731 | } |
| 1732 | |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1733 | // If this load follows a GEP, see if we can PRE the indices before analyzing. |
| 1734 | if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0))) { |
| 1735 | for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator OI = GEP->idx_begin(), |
| 1736 | OE = GEP->idx_end(); |
| 1737 | OI != OE; ++OI) |
| 1738 | if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OI->get())) |
| 1739 | performScalarPRE(I); |
| 1740 | } |
| 1741 | |
Shuxin Yang | 637b9be | 2013-05-03 19:17:26 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1742 | // Step 2: Analyze the availability of the load |
| 1743 | AvailValInBlkVect ValuesPerBlock; |
| 1744 | UnavailBlkVect UnavailableBlocks; |
| 1745 | AnalyzeLoadAvailability(LI, Deps, ValuesPerBlock, UnavailableBlocks); |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 | // If we have no predecessors that produce a known value for this load, exit |
| 1748 | // early. |
| 1749 | if (ValuesPerBlock.empty()) |
| 1750 | return false; |
| 1751 | |
| 1752 | // Step 3: Eliminate fully redundancy. |
| 1753 | // |
| 1754 | // If all of the instructions we depend on produce a known value for this |
| 1755 | // load, then it is fully redundant and we can use PHI insertion to compute |
| 1756 | // its value. Insert PHIs and remove the fully redundant value now. |
| 1757 | if (UnavailableBlocks.empty()) { |
| 1758 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN REMOVING NONLOCAL LOAD: " << *LI << '\n'); |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | // Perform PHI construction. |
| 1761 | Value *V = ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LI, ValuesPerBlock, *this); |
| 1762 | LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
| 1763 | |
| 1764 | if (isa<PHINode>(V)) |
| 1765 | V->takeName(LI); |
| 1766 | if (V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
| 1767 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V); |
| 1768 | markInstructionForDeletion(LI); |
| 1769 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
| 1770 | return true; |
| 1771 | } |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 | // Step 4: Eliminate partial redundancy. |
| 1774 | if (!EnablePRE || !EnableLoadPRE) |
| 1775 | return false; |
| 1776 | |
| 1777 | return PerformLoadPRE(LI, ValuesPerBlock, UnavailableBlocks); |
| 1778 | } |
| 1779 | |
| 1780 | |
Dan Gohman | 0025359 | 2013-03-12 16:22:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | static void patchReplacementInstruction(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { |
Rafael Espindola | 47d988c | 2012-06-04 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1782 | // Patch the replacement so that it is not more restrictive than the value |
| 1783 | // being replaced. |
| 1784 | BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I); |
| 1785 | BinaryOperator *ReplOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Repl); |
| 1786 | if (Op && ReplOp && isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op) && |
| 1787 | isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(ReplOp)) { |
| 1788 | if (ReplOp->hasNoSignedWrap() && !Op->hasNoSignedWrap()) |
| 1789 | ReplOp->setHasNoSignedWrap(false); |
| 1790 | if (ReplOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && !Op->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) |
| 1791 | ReplOp->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(false); |
| 1792 | } |
| 1793 | if (Instruction *ReplInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Repl)) { |
Rafael Espindola | ea46c32 | 2014-08-15 15:46:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | // FIXME: If both the original and replacement value are part of the |
| 1795 | // same control-flow region (meaning that the execution of one |
| 1796 | // guarentees the executation of the other), then we can combine the |
| 1797 | // noalias scopes here and do better than the general conservative |
| 1798 | // answer used in combineMetadata(). |
Hal Finkel | 9414665 | 2014-07-24 14:25:39 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1799 | |
Rafael Espindola | ea46c32 | 2014-08-15 15:46:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1800 | // In general, GVN unifies expressions over different control-flow |
| 1801 | // regions, and so we need a conservative combination of the noalias |
| 1802 | // scopes. |
| 1803 | unsigned KnownIDs[] = { |
| 1804 | LLVMContext::MD_tbaa, |
| 1805 | LLVMContext::MD_alias_scope, |
| 1806 | LLVMContext::MD_noalias, |
| 1807 | LLVMContext::MD_range, |
| 1808 | LLVMContext::MD_fpmath, |
| 1809 | LLVMContext::MD_invariant_load, |
| 1810 | }; |
| 1811 | combineMetadata(ReplInst, I, KnownIDs); |
Rafael Espindola | 47d988c | 2012-06-04 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1812 | } |
| 1813 | } |
| 1814 | |
Dan Gohman | 0025359 | 2013-03-12 16:22:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1815 | static void patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(Instruction *I, Value *Repl) { |
| 1816 | patchReplacementInstruction(I, Repl); |
Rafael Espindola | 47d988c | 2012-06-04 22:44:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1817 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(Repl); |
| 1818 | } |
| 1819 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1820 | /// Attempt to eliminate a load, first by eliminating it |
Owen Anderson | 221a436 | 2007-08-16 22:02:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1821 | /// locally, and then attempting non-local elimination if that fails. |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1822 | bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L) { |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1823 | if (!MD) |
| 1824 | return false; |
| 1825 | |
Eli Friedman | 9a46815 | 2011-08-17 22:22:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1826 | if (!L->isSimple()) |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1827 | return false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1828 | |
Chris Lattner | f0d5907 | 2011-05-22 07:03:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1829 | if (L->use_empty()) { |
| 1830 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
| 1831 | return true; |
| 1832 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1833 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1834 | // ... to a pointer that has been loaded from before... |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1835 | MemDepResult Dep = MD->getDependency(L); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1836 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1837 | // If we have a clobber and target data is around, see if this is a clobber |
| 1838 | // that we can fix up through code synthesis. |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1839 | if (Dep.isClobber() && DL) { |
Chris Lattner | 0a9616d | 2009-09-21 05:57:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1840 | // Check to see if we have something like this: |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1841 | // store i32 123, i32* %P |
| 1842 | // %A = bitcast i32* %P to i8* |
| 1843 | // %B = gep i8* %A, i32 1 |
| 1844 | // %C = load i8* %B |
| 1845 | // |
| 1846 | // We could do that by recognizing if the clobber instructions are obviously |
| 1847 | // a common base + constant offset, and if the previous store (or memset) |
| 1848 | // completely covers this load. This sort of thing can happen in bitfield |
| 1849 | // access code. |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1850 | Value *AvailVal = nullptr; |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1851 | if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Dep.getInst())) { |
| 1852 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(L->getType(), |
| 1853 | L->getPointerOperand(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1854 | DepSI, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1855 | if (Offset != -1) |
| 1856 | AvailVal = GetStoreValueForLoad(DepSI->getValueOperand(), Offset, |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1857 | L->getType(), L, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1858 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1859 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1860 | // Check to see if we have something like this: |
| 1861 | // load i32* P |
| 1862 | // load i8* (P+1) |
| 1863 | // if we have this, replace the later with an extraction from the former. |
| 1864 | if (LoadInst *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Dep.getInst())) { |
| 1865 | // If this is a clobber and L is the first instruction in its block, then |
| 1866 | // we have the first instruction in the entry block. |
| 1867 | if (DepLI == L) |
| 1868 | return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1869 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1870 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingLoad(L->getType(), |
| 1871 | L->getPointerOperand(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1872 | DepLI, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1873 | if (Offset != -1) |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1874 | AvailVal = GetLoadValueForLoad(DepLI, Offset, L->getType(), L, *this); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1875 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1876 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1877 | // If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can forward |
| 1878 | // a value on from it. |
| 1879 | if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(Dep.getInst())) { |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(L->getType(), |
| 1881 | L->getPointerOperand(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1882 | DepMI, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1883 | if (Offset != -1) |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1884 | AvailVal = GetMemInstValueForLoad(DepMI, Offset, L->getType(), L, *DL); |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1885 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1886 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1887 | if (AvailVal) { |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1888 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED INST:\n" << *Dep.getInst() << '\n' |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1889 | << *AvailVal << '\n' << *L << "\n\n\n"); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1890 | |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1891 | // Replace the load! |
| 1892 | L->replaceAllUsesWith(AvailVal); |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1893 | if (AvailVal->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1894 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(AvailVal); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1895 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1896 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
Chris Lattner | 4237606 | 2009-12-06 01:57:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1897 | return true; |
| 1898 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1899 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1900 | |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1901 | // If the value isn't available, don't do anything! |
| 1902 | if (Dep.isClobber()) { |
Torok Edwin | 7207028 | 2009-05-29 09:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1903 | DEBUG( |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1904 | // fast print dep, using operator<< on instruction is too slow. |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1905 | dbgs() << "GVN: load "; |
Chandler Carruth | d48cdbf | 2014-01-09 02:29:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1906 | L->printAsOperand(dbgs()); |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1907 | Instruction *I = Dep.getInst(); |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1908 | dbgs() << " is clobbered by " << *I << '\n'; |
Torok Edwin | 7207028 | 2009-05-29 09:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1909 | ); |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1910 | return false; |
Torok Edwin | 7207028 | 2009-05-29 09:46:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1911 | } |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1912 | |
Eli Friedman | c1702c8 | 2011-10-13 22:14:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1913 | // If it is defined in another block, try harder. |
| 1914 | if (Dep.isNonLocal()) |
| 1915 | return processNonLocalLoad(L); |
| 1916 | |
| 1917 | if (!Dep.isDef()) { |
Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 | DEBUG( |
| 1919 | // fast print dep, using operator<< on instruction is too slow. |
| 1920 | dbgs() << "GVN: load "; |
Chandler Carruth | d48cdbf | 2014-01-09 02:29:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | L->printAsOperand(dbgs()); |
Eli Friedman | 7d58bc7 | 2011-06-15 00:47:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1922 | dbgs() << " has unknown dependence\n"; |
| 1923 | ); |
| 1924 | return false; |
| 1925 | } |
| 1926 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1927 | Instruction *DepInst = Dep.getInst(); |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1928 | if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) { |
Dan Gohman | d209911 | 2010-11-10 19:03:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1929 | Value *StoredVal = DepSI->getValueOperand(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1930 | |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1931 | // The store and load are to a must-aliased pointer, but they may not |
| 1932 | // actually have the same type. See if we know how to reuse the stored |
| 1933 | // value (depending on its type). |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1934 | if (StoredVal->getType() != L->getType()) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1935 | if (DL) { |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1936 | StoredVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(StoredVal, L->getType(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1937 | L, *DL); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | if (!StoredVal) |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1940 | |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1941 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED STORE:\n" << *DepSI << '\n' << *StoredVal |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1942 | << '\n' << *L << "\n\n\n"); |
| 1943 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1944 | else |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1947 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1948 | // Remove it! |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1949 | L->replaceAllUsesWith(StoredVal); |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1950 | if (StoredVal->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1951 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(StoredVal); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1952 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1953 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1954 | return true; |
| 1955 | } |
| 1956 | |
| 1957 | if (LoadInst *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) { |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1958 | Value *AvailableVal = DepLI; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1959 | |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1960 | // The loads are of a must-aliased pointer, but they may not actually have |
| 1961 | // the same type. See if we know how to reuse the previously loaded value |
| 1962 | // (depending on its type). |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1963 | if (DepLI->getType() != L->getType()) { |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1964 | if (DL) { |
Chris Lattner | 6f83d06 | 2011-04-26 01:21:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1965 | AvailableVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(DepLI, L->getType(), |
Rafael Espindola | 37dc9e1 | 2014-02-21 00:06:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1966 | L, *DL); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1967 | if (!AvailableVal) |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1968 | return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1969 | |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1970 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED LOAD:\n" << *DepLI << "\n" << *AvailableVal |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1971 | << "\n" << *L << "\n\n\n"); |
| 1972 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1973 | else |
Chris Lattner | 8ed7bef | 2009-10-21 04:11:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1974 | return false; |
Chris Lattner | 1dd48c3 | 2009-09-20 19:03:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1975 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1976 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1977 | // Remove it! |
Dan Gohman | 0025359 | 2013-03-12 16:22:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1978 | patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(L, AvailableVal); |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1979 | if (DepLI->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | fa9f99a | 2008-12-09 22:06:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1980 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(DepLI); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1981 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1982 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1983 | return true; |
| 1984 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1985 | |
Chris Lattner | 3ff6d01 | 2008-11-30 01:39:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1986 | // If this load really doesn't depend on anything, then we must be loading an |
| 1987 | // undef value. This can happen when loading for a fresh allocation with no |
| 1988 | // intervening stores, for example. |
Benjamin Kramer | 8bcc971 | 2012-08-29 15:32:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1989 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { |
Owen Anderson | b292b8c | 2009-07-30 23:03:37 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1990 | L->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(L->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1991 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1992 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1993 | return true; |
Eli Friedman | 716c10c | 2008-02-12 12:08:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1994 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1995 | |
Owen Anderson | b9878ee | 2009-12-02 07:35:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1996 | // If this load occurs either right after a lifetime begin, |
Owen Anderson | 2b2bd28 | 2009-10-28 07:05:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1997 | // then the loaded value is undefined. |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1998 | if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(DepInst)) { |
Owen Anderson | b9878ee | 2009-12-02 07:35:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 1999 | if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start) { |
Owen Anderson | 2b2bd28 | 2009-10-28 07:05:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2000 | L->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(L->getType())); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2001 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
Owen Anderson | 2b2bd28 | 2009-10-28 07:05:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2003 | return true; |
| 2004 | } |
| 2005 | } |
Eli Friedman | 716c10c | 2008-02-12 12:08:14 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2006 | |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | fd5c553 | 2014-06-12 21:16:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2007 | // If this load follows a calloc (which zero initializes memory), |
| 2008 | // then the loaded value is zero |
| 2009 | if (isCallocLikeFn(DepInst, TLI)) { |
| 2010 | L->replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(L->getType())); |
| 2011 | markInstructionForDeletion(L); |
| 2012 | ++NumGVNLoad; |
| 2013 | return true; |
| 2014 | } |
| 2015 | |
Chris Lattner | 0e3d633 | 2008-12-05 21:04:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2016 | return false; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2017 | } |
| 2018 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2019 | // In order to find a leader for a given value number at a |
Owen Anderson | ea326db | 2010-11-19 22:48:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2020 | // specific basic block, we first obtain the list of all Values for that number, |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2021 | // and then scan the list to find one whose block dominates the block in |
Owen Anderson | ea326db | 2010-11-19 22:48:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2022 | // question. This is fast because dominator tree queries consist of only |
| 2023 | // a few comparisons of DFS numbers. |
Rafael Espindola | 64e7b570 | 2012-08-10 15:55:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | Value *GVN::findLeader(const BasicBlock *BB, uint32_t num) { |
Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | LeaderTableEntry Vals = LeaderTable[num]; |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2026 | if (!Vals.Val) return nullptr; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2027 | |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2028 | Value *Val = nullptr; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2029 | if (DT->dominates(Vals.BB, BB)) { |
| 2030 | Val = Vals.Val; |
| 2031 | if (isa<Constant>(Val)) return Val; |
| 2032 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2033 | |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2034 | LeaderTableEntry* Next = Vals.Next; |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2035 | while (Next) { |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2036 | if (DT->dominates(Next->BB, BB)) { |
| 2037 | if (isa<Constant>(Next->Val)) return Next->Val; |
| 2038 | if (!Val) Val = Next->Val; |
| 2039 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2040 | |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2041 | Next = Next->Next; |
Owen Anderson | 1b3ea96 | 2008-06-20 01:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2042 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2043 | |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2044 | return Val; |
Owen Anderson | 1b3ea96 | 2008-06-20 01:15:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2045 | } |
| 2046 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2047 | /// Replace all uses of 'From' with 'To' if the use is dominated by the given |
| 2048 | /// basic block. Returns the number of uses that were replaced. |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2049 | unsigned GVN::replaceAllDominatedUsesWith(Value *From, Value *To, |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2050 | const BasicBlockEdge &Root) { |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2051 | unsigned Count = 0; |
| 2052 | for (Value::use_iterator UI = From->use_begin(), UE = From->use_end(); |
| 2053 | UI != UE; ) { |
Chandler Carruth | cdf4788 | 2014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2054 | Use &U = *UI++; |
Duncan Sands | 4d928e7 | 2012-03-04 13:25:19 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2055 | |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2056 | if (DT->dominates(Root, U)) { |
Duncan Sands | 0920308 | 2012-02-08 14:10:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2057 | U.set(To); |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2058 | ++Count; |
| 2059 | } |
| 2060 | } |
| 2061 | return Count; |
| 2062 | } |
| 2063 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2064 | /// There is an edge from 'Src' to 'Dst'. Return |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2065 | /// true if every path from the entry block to 'Dst' passes via this edge. In |
| 2066 | /// particular 'Dst' must not be reachable via another edge from 'Src'. |
| 2067 | static bool isOnlyReachableViaThisEdge(const BasicBlockEdge &E, |
| 2068 | DominatorTree *DT) { |
| 2069 | // While in theory it is interesting to consider the case in which Dst has |
| 2070 | // more than one predecessor, because Dst might be part of a loop which is |
| 2071 | // only reachable from Src, in practice it is pointless since at the time |
| 2072 | // GVN runs all such loops have preheaders, which means that Dst will have |
| 2073 | // been changed to have only one predecessor, namely Src. |
| 2074 | const BasicBlock *Pred = E.getEnd()->getSinglePredecessor(); |
| 2075 | const BasicBlock *Src = E.getStart(); |
| 2076 | assert((!Pred || Pred == Src) && "No edge between these basic blocks!"); |
| 2077 | (void)Src; |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2078 | return Pred != nullptr; |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | } |
| 2080 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2081 | /// The given values are known to be equal in every block |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2082 | /// dominated by 'Root'. Exploit this, for example by replacing 'LHS' with |
| 2083 | /// 'RHS' everywhere in the scope. Returns whether a change was made. |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2084 | bool GVN::propagateEquality(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, |
| 2085 | const BasicBlockEdge &Root) { |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2086 | SmallVector<std::pair<Value*, Value*>, 4> Worklist; |
| 2087 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(LHS, RHS)); |
Duncan Sands | f537a6e | 2011-10-15 11:13:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2088 | bool Changed = false; |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | // For speed, compute a conservative fast approximation to |
| 2090 | // DT->dominates(Root, Root.getEnd()); |
| 2091 | bool RootDominatesEnd = isOnlyReachableViaThisEdge(Root, DT); |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2093 | while (!Worklist.empty()) { |
| 2094 | std::pair<Value*, Value*> Item = Worklist.pop_back_val(); |
| 2095 | LHS = Item.first; RHS = Item.second; |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2096 | |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2097 | if (LHS == RHS) continue; |
| 2098 | assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "Equality but unequal types!"); |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2100 | // Don't try to propagate equalities between constants. |
| 2101 | if (isa<Constant>(LHS) && isa<Constant>(RHS)) continue; |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2102 | |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2103 | // Prefer a constant on the right-hand side, or an Argument if no constants. |
| 2104 | if (isa<Constant>(LHS) || (isa<Argument>(LHS) && !isa<Constant>(RHS))) |
| 2105 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); |
| 2106 | assert((isa<Argument>(LHS) || isa<Instruction>(LHS)) && "Unexpected value!"); |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2107 | |
Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2108 | // If there is no obvious reason to prefer the left-hand side over the |
| 2109 | // right-hand side, ensure the longest lived term is on the right-hand side, |
| 2110 | // so the shortest lived term will be replaced by the longest lived. |
| 2111 | // This tends to expose more simplifications. |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | uint32_t LVN = VN.lookup_or_add(LHS); |
| 2113 | if ((isa<Argument>(LHS) && isa<Argument>(RHS)) || |
| 2114 | (isa<Instruction>(LHS) && isa<Instruction>(RHS))) { |
Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2115 | // Move the 'oldest' value to the right-hand side, using the value number |
| 2116 | // as a proxy for age. |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2117 | uint32_t RVN = VN.lookup_or_add(RHS); |
| 2118 | if (LVN < RVN) { |
| 2119 | std::swap(LHS, RHS); |
| 2120 | LVN = RVN; |
Duncan Sands | 9edea84 | 2012-02-27 12:11:41 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2121 | } |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2122 | } |
Duncan Sands | 27f4595 | 2012-02-27 08:14:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2123 | |
Duncan Sands | 4df5e96 | 2012-05-22 14:17:53 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2124 | // If value numbering later sees that an instruction in the scope is equal |
| 2125 | // to 'LHS' then ensure it will be turned into 'RHS'. In order to preserve |
| 2126 | // the invariant that instructions only occur in the leader table for their |
| 2127 | // own value number (this is used by removeFromLeaderTable), do not do this |
| 2128 | // if RHS is an instruction (if an instruction in the scope is morphed into |
| 2129 | // LHS then it will be turned into RHS by the next GVN iteration anyway, so |
| 2130 | // using the leader table is about compiling faster, not optimizing better). |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2131 | // The leader table only tracks basic blocks, not edges. Only add to if we |
| 2132 | // have the simple case where the edge dominates the end. |
| 2133 | if (RootDominatesEnd && !isa<Instruction>(RHS)) |
| 2134 | addToLeaderTable(LVN, RHS, Root.getEnd()); |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2135 | |
| 2136 | // Replace all occurrences of 'LHS' with 'RHS' everywhere in the scope. As |
| 2137 | // LHS always has at least one use that is not dominated by Root, this will |
| 2138 | // never do anything if LHS has only one use. |
| 2139 | if (!LHS->hasOneUse()) { |
| 2140 | unsigned NumReplacements = replaceAllDominatedUsesWith(LHS, RHS, Root); |
| 2141 | Changed |= NumReplacements > 0; |
| 2142 | NumGVNEqProp += NumReplacements; |
| 2143 | } |
| 2144 | |
Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2145 | // Now try to deduce additional equalities from this one. For example, if |
| 2146 | // the known equality was "(A != B)" == "false" then it follows that A and B |
| 2147 | // are equal in the scope. Only boolean equalities with an explicit true or |
| 2148 | // false RHS are currently supported. |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2149 | if (!RHS->getType()->isIntegerTy(1)) |
| 2150 | // Not a boolean equality - bail out. |
| 2151 | continue; |
| 2152 | ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS); |
| 2153 | if (!CI) |
| 2154 | // RHS neither 'true' nor 'false' - bail out. |
| 2155 | continue; |
| 2156 | // Whether RHS equals 'true'. Otherwise it equals 'false'. |
| 2157 | bool isKnownTrue = CI->isAllOnesValue(); |
| 2158 | bool isKnownFalse = !isKnownTrue; |
| 2159 | |
| 2160 | // If "A && B" is known true then both A and B are known true. If "A || B" |
| 2161 | // is known false then both A and B are known false. |
| 2162 | Value *A, *B; |
| 2163 | if ((isKnownTrue && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) || |
| 2164 | (isKnownFalse && match(LHS, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))) { |
| 2165 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(A, RHS)); |
| 2166 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(B, RHS)); |
| 2167 | continue; |
| 2168 | } |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | // If we are propagating an equality like "(A == B)" == "true" then also |
| 2171 | // propagate the equality A == B. When propagating a comparison such as |
| 2172 | // "(A >= B)" == "true", replace all instances of "A < B" with "false". |
Sanjay Patel | 5f1d9ea | 2015-01-12 19:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2173 | if (CmpInst *Cmp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(LHS)) { |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2174 | Value *Op0 = Cmp->getOperand(0), *Op1 = Cmp->getOperand(1); |
| 2175 | |
| 2176 | // If "A == B" is known true, or "A != B" is known false, then replace |
| 2177 | // A with B everywhere in the scope. |
| 2178 | if ((isKnownTrue && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ) || |
| 2179 | (isKnownFalse && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)) |
| 2180 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Op0, Op1)); |
| 2181 | |
Sanjay Patel | 5f1d9ea | 2015-01-12 19:29:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2182 | // Handle the floating point versions of equality comparisons too. |
| 2183 | if ((isKnownTrue && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::FCMP_OEQ) || |
Sanjay Patel | 4f07a56 | 2015-01-29 20:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2184 | (isKnownFalse && Cmp->getPredicate() == CmpInst::FCMP_UNE)) { |
Sanjay Patel | cc29f4f | 2015-02-25 22:46:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2185 | |
| 2186 | // Floating point -0.0 and 0.0 compare equal, so we can only |
| 2187 | // propagate values if we know that we have a constant and that |
| 2188 | // its value is non-zero. |
| 2189 | |
Sanjay Patel | 4f07a56 | 2015-01-29 20:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2190 | // FIXME: We should do this optimization if 'no signed zeros' is |
| 2191 | // applicable via an instruction-level fast-math-flag or some other |
| 2192 | // indicator that relaxed FP semantics are being used. |
Sanjay Patel | cc29f4f | 2015-02-25 22:46:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame^] | 2193 | |
| 2194 | if (isa<ConstantFP>(Op1) && !cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)->isZero()) |
Sanjay Patel | 4f07a56 | 2015-01-29 20:51:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2195 | Worklist.push_back(std::make_pair(Op0, Op1)); |
| 2196 | } |
| 2197 | |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2198 | // If "A >= B" is known true, replace "A < B" with false everywhere. |
| 2199 | CmpInst::Predicate NotPred = Cmp->getInversePredicate(); |
| 2200 | Constant *NotVal = ConstantInt::get(Cmp->getType(), isKnownFalse); |
Sanjay Patel | 06d5589 | 2015-01-12 21:21:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2201 | // Since we don't have the instruction "A < B" immediately to hand, work |
| 2202 | // out the value number that it would have and use that to find an |
| 2203 | // appropriate instruction (if any). |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2204 | uint32_t NextNum = VN.getNextUnusedValueNumber(); |
| 2205 | uint32_t Num = VN.lookup_or_add_cmp(Cmp->getOpcode(), NotPred, Op0, Op1); |
| 2206 | // If the number we were assigned was brand new then there is no point in |
| 2207 | // looking for an instruction realizing it: there cannot be one! |
| 2208 | if (Num < NextNum) { |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2209 | Value *NotCmp = findLeader(Root.getEnd(), Num); |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2210 | if (NotCmp && isa<Instruction>(NotCmp)) { |
| 2211 | unsigned NumReplacements = |
| 2212 | replaceAllDominatedUsesWith(NotCmp, NotVal, Root); |
| 2213 | Changed |= NumReplacements > 0; |
| 2214 | NumGVNEqProp += NumReplacements; |
| 2215 | } |
| 2216 | } |
| 2217 | // Ensure that any instruction in scope that gets the "A < B" value number |
| 2218 | // is replaced with false. |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2219 | // The leader table only tracks basic blocks, not edges. Only add to if we |
| 2220 | // have the simple case where the edge dominates the end. |
| 2221 | if (RootDominatesEnd) |
| 2222 | addToLeaderTable(Num, NotVal, Root.getEnd()); |
Duncan Sands | d12b18f | 2012-04-06 15:31:09 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2223 | |
| 2224 | continue; |
| 2225 | } |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2226 | } |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 | return Changed; |
| 2229 | } |
Owen Anderson | bfe133e | 2008-12-15 02:03:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2230 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2231 | /// When calculating availability, handle an instruction |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2232 | /// by inserting it into the appropriate sets |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2233 | bool GVN::processInstruction(Instruction *I) { |
Devang Patel | 03936a1 | 2010-02-11 00:20:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2234 | // Ignore dbg info intrinsics. |
| 2235 | if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I)) |
| 2236 | return false; |
| 2237 | |
Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2238 | // If the instruction can be easily simplified then do so now in preference |
| 2239 | // to value numbering it. Value numbering often exposes redundancies, for |
| 2240 | // example if it determines that %y is equal to %x then the instruction |
| 2241 | // "%z = and i32 %x, %y" becomes "%z = and i32 %x, %x" which we now simplify. |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2242 | if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(I, DL, TLI, DT, AC)) { |
Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2243 | I->replaceAllUsesWith(V); |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | if (MD && V->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2246 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2247 | ++NumGVNSimpl; |
Duncan Sands | 246b71c | 2010-11-12 21:10:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2248 | return true; |
| 2249 | } |
| 2250 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2251 | if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) { |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2252 | if (processLoad(LI)) |
| 2253 | return true; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2254 | |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2255 | unsigned Num = VN.lookup_or_add(LI); |
| 2256 | addToLeaderTable(Num, LI, LI->getParent()); |
| 2257 | return false; |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2258 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2259 | |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2260 | // For conditional branches, we can perform simple conditional propagation on |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2261 | // the condition value itself. |
| 2262 | if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(I)) { |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2263 | if (!BI->isConditional()) |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2264 | return false; |
Duncan Sands | f4f47cc | 2011-10-05 14:28:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2265 | |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2266 | if (isa<Constant>(BI->getCondition())) |
| 2267 | return processFoldableCondBr(BI); |
Bill Wendling | fed6c22 | 2013-11-10 07:34:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2268 | |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2269 | Value *BranchCond = BI->getCondition(); |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2270 | BasicBlock *TrueSucc = BI->getSuccessor(0); |
| 2271 | BasicBlock *FalseSucc = BI->getSuccessor(1); |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2272 | // Avoid multiple edges early. |
| 2273 | if (TrueSucc == FalseSucc) |
| 2274 | return false; |
| 2275 | |
Duncan Sands | e90dd05 | 2011-10-05 14:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2276 | BasicBlock *Parent = BI->getParent(); |
Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2277 | bool Changed = false; |
Duncan Sands | e90dd05 | 2011-10-05 14:17:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2278 | |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2279 | Value *TrueVal = ConstantInt::getTrue(TrueSucc->getContext()); |
| 2280 | BasicBlockEdge TrueE(Parent, TrueSucc); |
| 2281 | Changed |= propagateEquality(BranchCond, TrueVal, TrueE); |
Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2282 | |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2283 | Value *FalseVal = ConstantInt::getFalse(FalseSucc->getContext()); |
| 2284 | BasicBlockEdge FalseE(Parent, FalseSucc); |
| 2285 | Changed |= propagateEquality(BranchCond, FalseVal, FalseE); |
Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2286 | |
| 2287 | return Changed; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2288 | } |
Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2289 | |
| 2290 | // For switches, propagate the case values into the case destinations. |
| 2291 | if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(I)) { |
| 2292 | Value *SwitchCond = SI->getCondition(); |
| 2293 | BasicBlock *Parent = SI->getParent(); |
| 2294 | bool Changed = false; |
Benjamin Kramer | dd62d6b | 2012-08-24 15:06:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2295 | |
| 2296 | // Remember how many outgoing edges there are to every successor. |
| 2297 | SmallDenseMap<BasicBlock *, unsigned, 16> SwitchEdges; |
| 2298 | for (unsigned i = 0, n = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != n; ++i) |
| 2299 | ++SwitchEdges[SI->getSuccessor(i)]; |
| 2300 | |
Stepan Dyatkovskiy | 97b02fc | 2012-03-11 06:09:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | for (SwitchInst::CaseIt i = SI->case_begin(), e = SI->case_end(); |
Stepan Dyatkovskiy | 5b648af | 2012-03-08 07:06:20 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | i != e; ++i) { |
| 2303 | BasicBlock *Dst = i.getCaseSuccessor(); |
Benjamin Kramer | dd62d6b | 2012-08-24 15:06:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2304 | // If there is only a single edge, propagate the case value into it. |
| 2305 | if (SwitchEdges.lookup(Dst) == 1) { |
| 2306 | BasicBlockEdge E(Parent, Dst); |
Rafael Espindola | cc80cde | 2012-08-16 15:09:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2307 | Changed |= propagateEquality(SwitchCond, i.getCaseValue(), E); |
Benjamin Kramer | dd62d6b | 2012-08-24 15:06:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2308 | } |
Duncan Sands | c52af46 | 2011-10-07 08:29:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2309 | } |
| 2310 | return Changed; |
| 2311 | } |
| 2312 | |
Owen Anderson | 7b25ff0 | 2011-01-04 22:15:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2313 | // Instructions with void type don't return a value, so there's |
Duncan Sands | 1be25a7 | 2012-02-27 09:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2314 | // no point in trying to find redundancies in them. |
Owen Anderson | 7b25ff0 | 2011-01-04 22:15:21 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2315 | if (I->getType()->isVoidTy()) return false; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2316 | |
Owen Anderson | 41a1550 | 2011-01-04 18:54:18 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | uint32_t NextNum = VN.getNextUnusedValueNumber(); |
| 2318 | unsigned Num = VN.lookup_or_add(I); |
| 2319 | |
Owen Anderson | 0c1e634 | 2008-04-07 09:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2320 | // Allocations are always uniquely numbered, so we can save time and memory |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | // by fast failing them. |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2322 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) || isa<TerminatorInst>(I) || isa<PHINode>(I)) { |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2323 | addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); |
Owen Anderson | 0c1e634 | 2008-04-07 09:59:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2324 | return false; |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2325 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2326 | |
Owen Anderson | 3ea90a7 | 2008-07-03 17:44:33 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2327 | // If the number we were assigned was a brand new VN, then we don't |
| 2328 | // need to do a lookup to see if the number already exists |
| 2329 | // somewhere in the domtree: it can't! |
Duncan Sands | 1be25a7 | 2012-02-27 09:54:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2330 | if (Num >= NextNum) { |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2331 | addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2332 | return false; |
| 2333 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | |
Owen Anderson | bfe133e | 2008-12-15 02:03:00 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2335 | // Perform fast-path value-number based elimination of values inherited from |
| 2336 | // dominators. |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | Value *repl = findLeader(I->getParent(), Num); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2338 | if (!repl) { |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2339 | // Failure, just remember this instance for future use. |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2340 | addToLeaderTable(Num, I, I->getParent()); |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2341 | return false; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | } |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2344 | // Remove it! |
Dan Gohman | 0025359 | 2013-03-12 16:22:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2345 | patchAndReplaceAllUsesWith(I, repl); |
Hal Finkel | 69b07a2 | 2012-10-24 21:22:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2346 | if (MD && repl->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2347 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(repl); |
Chris Lattner | f81f789 | 2011-04-28 16:36:48 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2348 | markInstructionForDeletion(I); |
Chris Lattner | b6252a3 | 2010-12-19 20:24:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2349 | return true; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2350 | } |
| 2351 | |
Bill Wendling | 456e885 | 2008-12-22 22:32:22 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2352 | /// runOnFunction - This is the main transformation entry point for a function. |
Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2353 | bool GVN::runOnFunction(Function& F) { |
Paul Robinson | af4e64d | 2014-02-06 00:07:05 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2354 | if (skipOptnoneFunction(F)) |
| 2355 | return false; |
| 2356 | |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2357 | if (!NoLoads) |
| 2358 | MD = &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>(); |
Chandler Carruth | 7352302 | 2014-01-13 13:07:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2359 | DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(); |
Rafael Espindola | 9351251 | 2014-02-25 17:30:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2360 | DataLayoutPass *DLP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<DataLayoutPass>(); |
Craig Topper | f40110f | 2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2361 | DL = DLP ? &DLP->getDataLayout() : nullptr; |
Chandler Carruth | 66b3130 | 2015-01-04 12:03:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2362 | AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F); |
Chandler Carruth | b98f63d | 2015-01-15 10:41:28 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2363 | TLI = &getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(); |
Owen Anderson | f792860 | 2008-05-12 20:15:55 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2364 | VN.setAliasAnalysis(&getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>()); |
Chris Lattner | 8541ede | 2008-12-01 00:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2365 | VN.setMemDep(MD); |
| 2366 | VN.setDomTree(DT); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2367 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2368 | bool Changed = false; |
| 2369 | bool ShouldContinue = true; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2370 | |
Owen Anderson | ac31096 | 2008-07-16 17:52:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2371 | // Merge unconditional branches, allowing PRE to catch more |
| 2372 | // optimization opportunities. |
| 2373 | for (Function::iterator FI = F.begin(), FE = F.end(); FI != FE; ) { |
Chris Lattner | f6ae904 | 2011-01-11 08:13:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | BasicBlock *BB = FI++; |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | |
Chandler Carruth | b5c1153 | 2015-01-18 02:11:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2376 | bool removedBlock = MergeBlockIntoPredecessor( |
| 2377 | BB, DT, /* LoopInfo */ nullptr, VN.getAliasAnalysis(), MD); |
Dan Gohman | d2d1ae1 | 2010-06-22 15:08:57 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2378 | if (removedBlock) ++NumGVNBlocks; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2379 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2380 | Changed |= removedBlock; |
Owen Anderson | ac31096 | 2008-07-16 17:52:31 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2381 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2382 | |
Chris Lattner | 0a5a8d5 | 2008-12-09 19:21:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2383 | unsigned Iteration = 0; |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2384 | while (ShouldContinue) { |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2385 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN iteration: " << Iteration << "\n"); |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2386 | ShouldContinue = iterateOnFunction(F); |
| 2387 | Changed |= ShouldContinue; |
Chris Lattner | 0a5a8d5 | 2008-12-09 19:21:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2388 | ++Iteration; |
Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2389 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2390 | |
Owen Anderson | 04a6e0b | 2008-07-18 18:03:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2391 | if (EnablePRE) { |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2392 | // Fabricate val-num for dead-code in order to suppress assertion in |
| 2393 | // performPRE(). |
| 2394 | assignValNumForDeadCode(); |
Owen Anderson | 2fbfb70 | 2008-09-03 23:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2395 | bool PREChanged = true; |
| 2396 | while (PREChanged) { |
| 2397 | PREChanged = performPRE(F); |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | Changed |= PREChanged; |
Owen Anderson | 2fbfb70 | 2008-09-03 23:06:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | } |
Owen Anderson | 04a6e0b | 2008-07-18 18:03:38 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2400 | } |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2401 | |
Chris Lattner | 0a5a8d5 | 2008-12-09 19:21:47 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2402 | // FIXME: Should perform GVN again after PRE does something. PRE can move |
| 2403 | // computations into blocks where they become fully redundant. Note that |
| 2404 | // we can't do this until PRE's critical edge splitting updates memdep. |
| 2405 | // Actually, when this happens, we should just fully integrate PRE into GVN. |
Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2406 | |
| 2407 | cleanupGlobalSets(); |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2408 | // Do not cleanup DeadBlocks in cleanupGlobalSets() as it's called for each |
| 2409 | // iteration. |
| 2410 | DeadBlocks.clear(); |
Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2411 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2412 | return Changed; |
Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2413 | } |
| 2414 | |
| 2415 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2416 | bool GVN::processBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2417 | // FIXME: Kill off InstrsToErase by doing erasing eagerly in a helper function |
| 2418 | // (and incrementing BI before processing an instruction). |
| 2419 | assert(InstrsToErase.empty() && |
| 2420 | "We expect InstrsToErase to be empty across iterations"); |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2421 | if (DeadBlocks.count(BB)) |
| 2422 | return false; |
| 2423 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2424 | bool ChangedFunction = false; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2425 | |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2426 | for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin(), BE = BB->end(); |
| 2427 | BI != BE;) { |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2428 | ChangedFunction |= processInstruction(BI); |
| 2429 | if (InstrsToErase.empty()) { |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2430 | ++BI; |
| 2431 | continue; |
| 2432 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2433 | |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2434 | // If we need some instructions deleted, do it now. |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2435 | NumGVNInstr += InstrsToErase.size(); |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2436 | |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2437 | // Avoid iterator invalidation. |
| 2438 | bool AtStart = BI == BB->begin(); |
| 2439 | if (!AtStart) |
| 2440 | --BI; |
| 2441 | |
Craig Topper | af0dea1 | 2013-07-04 01:31:24 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2442 | for (SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *>::iterator I = InstrsToErase.begin(), |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2443 | E = InstrsToErase.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
David Greene | 2e6efc4 | 2010-01-05 01:27:17 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2444 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN removed: " << **I << '\n'); |
Dan Gohman | 8113246 | 2009-11-14 02:27:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2445 | if (MD) MD->removeInstruction(*I); |
Bill Wendling | ebb6a54 | 2008-12-22 21:57:30 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2446 | DEBUG(verifyRemoved(*I)); |
Dan Gohman | fd41de0 | 2013-02-12 18:44:43 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2447 | (*I)->eraseFromParent(); |
Chris Lattner | 8541ede | 2008-12-01 00:40:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2448 | } |
Chris Lattner | 6cec6ab | 2011-04-28 16:18:52 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2449 | InstrsToErase.clear(); |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2450 | |
| 2451 | if (AtStart) |
| 2452 | BI = BB->begin(); |
| 2453 | else |
| 2454 | ++BI; |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2455 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2456 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | return ChangedFunction; |
Owen Anderson | accdca1 | 2008-06-12 19:25:32 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | } |
| 2459 | |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2460 | // Instantiate an expression in a predecessor that lacked it. |
| 2461 | bool GVN::performScalarPREInsertion(Instruction *Instr, BasicBlock *Pred, |
| 2462 | unsigned int ValNo) { |
| 2463 | // Because we are going top-down through the block, all value numbers |
| 2464 | // will be available in the predecessor by the time we need them. Any |
| 2465 | // that weren't originally present will have been instantiated earlier |
| 2466 | // in this loop. |
| 2467 | bool success = true; |
| 2468 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = Instr->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2469 | Value *Op = Instr->getOperand(i); |
| 2470 | if (isa<Argument>(Op) || isa<Constant>(Op) || isa<GlobalValue>(Op)) |
| 2471 | continue; |
| 2472 | |
| 2473 | if (Value *V = findLeader(Pred, VN.lookup(Op))) { |
| 2474 | Instr->setOperand(i, V); |
| 2475 | } else { |
| 2476 | success = false; |
| 2477 | break; |
| 2478 | } |
| 2479 | } |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | // Fail out if we encounter an operand that is not available in |
| 2482 | // the PRE predecessor. This is typically because of loads which |
| 2483 | // are not value numbered precisely. |
| 2484 | if (!success) |
| 2485 | return false; |
| 2486 | |
| 2487 | Instr->insertBefore(Pred->getTerminator()); |
| 2488 | Instr->setName(Instr->getName() + ".pre"); |
| 2489 | Instr->setDebugLoc(Instr->getDebugLoc()); |
| 2490 | VN.add(Instr, ValNo); |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | // Update the availability map to include the new instruction. |
| 2493 | addToLeaderTable(ValNo, Instr, Pred); |
| 2494 | return true; |
| 2495 | } |
| 2496 | |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2497 | bool GVN::performScalarPRE(Instruction *CurInst) { |
| 2498 | SmallVector<std::pair<Value*, BasicBlock*>, 8> predMap; |
| 2499 | |
| 2500 | if (isa<AllocaInst>(CurInst) || isa<TerminatorInst>(CurInst) || |
| 2501 | isa<PHINode>(CurInst) || CurInst->getType()->isVoidTy() || |
| 2502 | CurInst->mayReadFromMemory() || CurInst->mayHaveSideEffects() || |
| 2503 | isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(CurInst)) |
| 2504 | return false; |
| 2505 | |
| 2506 | // Don't do PRE on compares. The PHI would prevent CodeGenPrepare from |
| 2507 | // sinking the compare again, and it would force the code generator to |
| 2508 | // move the i1 from processor flags or predicate registers into a general |
| 2509 | // purpose register. |
| 2510 | if (isa<CmpInst>(CurInst)) |
| 2511 | return false; |
| 2512 | |
| 2513 | // We don't currently value number ANY inline asm calls. |
| 2514 | if (CallInst *CallI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(CurInst)) |
| 2515 | if (CallI->isInlineAsm()) |
| 2516 | return false; |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | uint32_t ValNo = VN.lookup(CurInst); |
| 2519 | |
| 2520 | // Look for the predecessors for PRE opportunities. We're |
| 2521 | // only trying to solve the basic diamond case, where |
| 2522 | // a value is computed in the successor and one predecessor, |
| 2523 | // but not the other. We also explicitly disallow cases |
| 2524 | // where the successor is its own predecessor, because they're |
| 2525 | // more complicated to get right. |
| 2526 | unsigned NumWith = 0; |
| 2527 | unsigned NumWithout = 0; |
| 2528 | BasicBlock *PREPred = nullptr; |
| 2529 | BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = CurInst->getParent(); |
| 2530 | predMap.clear(); |
| 2531 | |
| 2532 | for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(CurrentBlock), PE = pred_end(CurrentBlock); |
| 2533 | PI != PE; ++PI) { |
| 2534 | BasicBlock *P = *PI; |
| 2535 | // We're not interested in PRE where the block is its |
| 2536 | // own predecessor, or in blocks with predecessors |
| 2537 | // that are not reachable. |
| 2538 | if (P == CurrentBlock) { |
| 2539 | NumWithout = 2; |
| 2540 | break; |
| 2541 | } else if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(P)) { |
| 2542 | NumWithout = 2; |
| 2543 | break; |
| 2544 | } |
| 2545 | |
| 2546 | Value *predV = findLeader(P, ValNo); |
| 2547 | if (!predV) { |
| 2548 | predMap.push_back(std::make_pair(static_cast<Value *>(nullptr), P)); |
| 2549 | PREPred = P; |
| 2550 | ++NumWithout; |
| 2551 | } else if (predV == CurInst) { |
| 2552 | /* CurInst dominates this predecessor. */ |
| 2553 | NumWithout = 2; |
| 2554 | break; |
| 2555 | } else { |
| 2556 | predMap.push_back(std::make_pair(predV, P)); |
| 2557 | ++NumWith; |
| 2558 | } |
| 2559 | } |
| 2560 | |
| 2561 | // Don't do PRE when it might increase code size, i.e. when |
| 2562 | // we would need to insert instructions in more than one pred. |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2563 | if (NumWithout > 1 || NumWith == 0) |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2564 | return false; |
| 2565 | |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2566 | // We may have a case where all predecessors have the instruction, |
| 2567 | // and we just need to insert a phi node. Otherwise, perform |
| 2568 | // insertion. |
| 2569 | Instruction *PREInstr = nullptr; |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2570 | |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2571 | if (NumWithout != 0) { |
| 2572 | // Don't do PRE across indirect branch. |
| 2573 | if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(PREPred->getTerminator())) |
| 2574 | return false; |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2575 | |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2576 | // We can't do PRE safely on a critical edge, so instead we schedule |
| 2577 | // the edge to be split and perform the PRE the next time we iterate |
| 2578 | // on the function. |
| 2579 | unsigned SuccNum = GetSuccessorNumber(PREPred, CurrentBlock); |
| 2580 | if (isCriticalEdge(PREPred->getTerminator(), SuccNum)) { |
| 2581 | toSplit.push_back(std::make_pair(PREPred->getTerminator(), SuccNum)); |
| 2582 | return false; |
| 2583 | } |
| 2584 | // We need to insert somewhere, so let's give it a shot |
| 2585 | PREInstr = CurInst->clone(); |
| 2586 | if (!performScalarPREInsertion(PREInstr, PREPred, ValNo)) { |
| 2587 | // If we failed insertion, make sure we remove the instruction. |
| 2588 | DEBUG(verifyRemoved(PREInstr)); |
| 2589 | delete PREInstr; |
| 2590 | return false; |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2591 | } |
| 2592 | } |
| 2593 | |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2594 | // Either we should have filled in the PRE instruction, or we should |
| 2595 | // not have needed insertions. |
| 2596 | assert (PREInstr != nullptr || NumWithout == 0); |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2597 | |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2598 | ++NumGVNPRE; |
| 2599 | |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2600 | // Create a PHI to make the value available in this block. |
| 2601 | PHINode *Phi = |
| 2602 | PHINode::Create(CurInst->getType(), predMap.size(), |
| 2603 | CurInst->getName() + ".pre-phi", CurrentBlock->begin()); |
| 2604 | for (unsigned i = 0, e = predMap.size(); i != e; ++i) { |
| 2605 | if (Value *V = predMap[i].first) |
| 2606 | Phi->addIncoming(V, predMap[i].second); |
| 2607 | else |
| 2608 | Phi->addIncoming(PREInstr, PREPred); |
| 2609 | } |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 | VN.add(Phi, ValNo); |
| 2612 | addToLeaderTable(ValNo, Phi, CurrentBlock); |
| 2613 | Phi->setDebugLoc(CurInst->getDebugLoc()); |
| 2614 | CurInst->replaceAllUsesWith(Phi); |
| 2615 | if (Phi->getType()->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) { |
| 2616 | // Because we have added a PHI-use of the pointer value, it has now |
| 2617 | // "escaped" from alias analysis' perspective. We need to inform |
| 2618 | // AA of this. |
| 2619 | for (unsigned ii = 0, ee = Phi->getNumIncomingValues(); ii != ee; ++ii) { |
| 2620 | unsigned jj = PHINode::getOperandNumForIncomingValue(ii); |
| 2621 | VN.getAliasAnalysis()->addEscapingUse(Phi->getOperandUse(jj)); |
| 2622 | } |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | if (MD) |
| 2625 | MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(Phi); |
| 2626 | } |
| 2627 | VN.erase(CurInst); |
| 2628 | removeFromLeaderTable(ValNo, CurInst, CurrentBlock); |
| 2629 | |
| 2630 | DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN PRE removed: " << *CurInst << '\n'); |
| 2631 | if (MD) |
| 2632 | MD->removeInstruction(CurInst); |
| 2633 | DEBUG(verifyRemoved(CurInst)); |
| 2634 | CurInst->eraseFromParent(); |
Daniel Berlin | 487aed0 | 2015-02-03 20:37:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2635 | ++NumGVNInstr; |
| 2636 | |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2637 | return true; |
| 2638 | } |
| 2639 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2640 | /// Perform a purely local form of PRE that looks for diamond |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2641 | /// control flow patterns and attempts to perform simple PRE at the join point. |
Chris Lattner | a546dcf | 2009-10-31 22:11:15 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2642 | bool GVN::performPRE(Function &F) { |
Chris Lattner | 6f5bf6a | 2008-12-01 07:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2643 | bool Changed = false; |
David Blaikie | ceec2bd | 2014-04-11 01:50:01 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2644 | for (BasicBlock *CurrentBlock : depth_first(&F.getEntryBlock())) { |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2645 | // Nothing to PRE in the entry block. |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2646 | if (CurrentBlock == &F.getEntryBlock()) |
| 2647 | continue; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2648 | |
Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2649 | // Don't perform PRE on a landing pad. |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2650 | if (CurrentBlock->isLandingPad()) |
| 2651 | continue; |
Bill Wendling | 8bbcbed | 2011-08-17 21:32:02 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2652 | |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2653 | for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = CurrentBlock->begin(), |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2654 | BE = CurrentBlock->end(); |
| 2655 | BI != BE;) { |
Chris Lattner | 6f5bf6a | 2008-12-01 07:35:54 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2656 | Instruction *CurInst = BI++; |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | Changed = performScalarPRE(CurInst); |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | } |
| 2659 | } |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2660 | |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2661 | if (splitCriticalEdges()) |
| 2662 | Changed = true; |
Daniel Dunbar | 7d6781b | 2009-09-20 02:20:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2663 | |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2664 | return Changed; |
| 2665 | } |
| 2666 | |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2667 | /// Split the critical edge connecting the given two blocks, and return |
| 2668 | /// the block inserted to the critical edge. |
| 2669 | BasicBlock *GVN::splitCriticalEdges(BasicBlock *Pred, BasicBlock *Succ) { |
Chandler Carruth | 37df2cf | 2015-01-19 12:09:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2670 | BasicBlock *BB = SplitCriticalEdge( |
| 2671 | Pred, Succ, CriticalEdgeSplittingOptions(getAliasAnalysis(), DT)); |
Shuxin Yang | 1d8d7e4 | 2013-05-09 18:34:27 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2672 | if (MD) |
| 2673 | MD->invalidateCachedPredecessors(); |
| 2674 | return BB; |
| 2675 | } |
| 2676 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2677 | /// Split critical edges found during the previous |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2678 | /// iteration that may enable further optimization. |
| 2679 | bool GVN::splitCriticalEdges() { |
| 2680 | if (toSplit.empty()) |
| 2681 | return false; |
| 2682 | do { |
| 2683 | std::pair<TerminatorInst*, unsigned> Edge = toSplit.pop_back_val(); |
Chandler Carruth | 37df2cf | 2015-01-19 12:09:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2684 | SplitCriticalEdge(Edge.first, Edge.second, |
| 2685 | CriticalEdgeSplittingOptions(getAliasAnalysis(), DT)); |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2686 | } while (!toSplit.empty()); |
Evan Cheng | 7263cf843 | 2010-03-01 22:23:12 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2687 | if (MD) MD->invalidateCachedPredecessors(); |
Bob Wilson | 92cdb6e | 2010-02-16 19:51:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2688 | return true; |
Owen Anderson | 6a903bc | 2008-06-18 21:41:49 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | } |
| 2690 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2691 | /// Executes one iteration of GVN |
Owen Anderson | 676070d | 2007-08-14 18:04:11 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2692 | bool GVN::iterateOnFunction(Function &F) { |
Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2693 | cleanupGlobalSets(); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2694 | |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2695 | // Top-down walk of the dominator tree |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2696 | bool Changed = false; |
Chad Rosier | 8716b58 | 2014-11-13 22:54:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2697 | // Save the blocks this function have before transformation begins. GVN may |
| 2698 | // split critical edge, and hence may invalidate the RPO/DT iterator. |
| 2699 | // |
| 2700 | std::vector<BasicBlock *> BBVect; |
| 2701 | BBVect.reserve(256); |
Tim Northover | eb16112 | 2015-01-09 19:19:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2702 | // Needed for value numbering with phi construction to work. |
| 2703 | ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function *> RPOT(&F); |
| 2704 | for (ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function *>::rpo_iterator RI = RPOT.begin(), |
| 2705 | RE = RPOT.end(); |
| 2706 | RI != RE; ++RI) |
| 2707 | BBVect.push_back(*RI); |
Chad Rosier | 8716b58 | 2014-11-13 22:54:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | |
| 2709 | for (std::vector<BasicBlock *>::iterator I = BBVect.begin(), E = BBVect.end(); |
| 2710 | I != E; I++) |
| 2711 | Changed |= processBlock(*I); |
Chad Rosier | 8716b58 | 2014-11-13 22:54:59 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2712 | |
Chris Lattner | 1eefa9c | 2009-09-21 02:42:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2713 | return Changed; |
Owen Anderson | ab6ec2e | 2007-07-24 17:55:58 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2714 | } |
Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2715 | |
| 2716 | void GVN::cleanupGlobalSets() { |
| 2717 | VN.clear(); |
Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2718 | LeaderTable.clear(); |
Owen Anderson | c21c100 | 2010-11-18 18:32:40 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2719 | TableAllocator.Reset(); |
Nuno Lopes | e3127f3 | 2008-10-10 16:25:50 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2720 | } |
Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2721 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2722 | /// Verify that the specified instruction does not occur in our |
Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2723 | /// internal data structures. |
Bill Wendling | e7f08e7 | 2008-12-22 22:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2724 | void GVN::verifyRemoved(const Instruction *Inst) const { |
| 2725 | VN.verifyRemoved(Inst); |
Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2726 | |
Bill Wendling | e7f08e7 | 2008-12-22 22:28:56 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2727 | // Walk through the value number scope to make sure the instruction isn't |
| 2728 | // ferreted away in it. |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2729 | for (DenseMap<uint32_t, LeaderTableEntry>::const_iterator |
Owen Anderson | e39cb57 | 2011-01-04 19:29:46 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2730 | I = LeaderTable.begin(), E = LeaderTable.end(); I != E; ++I) { |
Owen Anderson | c7c3bc6 | 2011-01-04 19:13:25 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2731 | const LeaderTableEntry *Node = &I->second; |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2732 | assert(Node->Val != Inst && "Inst still in value numbering scope!"); |
Nadav Rotem | 465834c | 2012-07-24 10:51:42 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2733 | |
Owen Anderson | 5ab8d4b | 2010-12-21 23:54:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2734 | while (Node->Next) { |
| 2735 | Node = Node->Next; |
| 2736 | assert(Node->Val != Inst && "Inst still in value numbering scope!"); |
Bill Wendling | 3c79344 | 2008-12-22 22:14:07 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2737 | } |
| 2738 | } |
Bill Wendling | 6b18a39 | 2008-12-22 21:36:08 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2739 | } |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2740 | |
Sanjay Patel | cee3861 | 2015-02-24 22:43:06 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | /// BB is declared dead, which implied other blocks become dead as well. This |
| 2742 | /// function is to add all these blocks to "DeadBlocks". For the dead blocks' |
| 2743 | /// live successors, update their phi nodes by replacing the operands |
| 2744 | /// corresponding to dead blocks with UndefVal. |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2745 | void GVN::addDeadBlock(BasicBlock *BB) { |
| 2746 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> NewDead; |
| 2747 | SmallSetVector<BasicBlock *, 4> DF; |
| 2748 | |
| 2749 | NewDead.push_back(BB); |
| 2750 | while (!NewDead.empty()) { |
| 2751 | BasicBlock *D = NewDead.pop_back_val(); |
| 2752 | if (DeadBlocks.count(D)) |
| 2753 | continue; |
| 2754 | |
| 2755 | // All blocks dominated by D are dead. |
| 2756 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> Dom; |
| 2757 | DT->getDescendants(D, Dom); |
| 2758 | DeadBlocks.insert(Dom.begin(), Dom.end()); |
| 2759 | |
| 2760 | // Figure out the dominance-frontier(D). |
| 2761 | for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *>::iterator I = Dom.begin(), |
| 2762 | E = Dom.end(); I != E; I++) { |
| 2763 | BasicBlock *B = *I; |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 6c99015 | 2014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2764 | for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(B), SE = succ_end(B); SI != SE; SI++) { |
| 2765 | BasicBlock *S = *SI; |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2766 | if (DeadBlocks.count(S)) |
| 2767 | continue; |
| 2768 | |
| 2769 | bool AllPredDead = true; |
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith | 6c99015 | 2014-07-21 17:06:51 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2770 | for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(S), PE = pred_end(S); PI != PE; PI++) |
| 2771 | if (!DeadBlocks.count(*PI)) { |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2772 | AllPredDead = false; |
| 2773 | break; |
| 2774 | } |
| 2775 | |
| 2776 | if (!AllPredDead) { |
| 2777 | // S could be proved dead later on. That is why we don't update phi |
| 2778 | // operands at this moment. |
| 2779 | DF.insert(S); |
| 2780 | } else { |
| 2781 | // While S is not dominated by D, it is dead by now. This could take |
| 2782 | // place if S already have a dead predecessor before D is declared |
| 2783 | // dead. |
| 2784 | NewDead.push_back(S); |
| 2785 | } |
| 2786 | } |
| 2787 | } |
| 2788 | } |
| 2789 | |
| 2790 | // For the dead blocks' live successors, update their phi nodes by replacing |
| 2791 | // the operands corresponding to dead blocks with UndefVal. |
| 2792 | for(SmallSetVector<BasicBlock *, 4>::iterator I = DF.begin(), E = DF.end(); |
| 2793 | I != E; I++) { |
| 2794 | BasicBlock *B = *I; |
| 2795 | if (DeadBlocks.count(B)) |
| 2796 | continue; |
| 2797 | |
Shuxin Yang | f1ec34b | 2013-11-12 08:33:03 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 4> Preds(pred_begin(B), pred_end(B)); |
| 2799 | for (SmallVectorImpl<BasicBlock *>::iterator PI = Preds.begin(), |
| 2800 | PE = Preds.end(); PI != PE; PI++) { |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2801 | BasicBlock *P = *PI; |
| 2802 | |
| 2803 | if (!DeadBlocks.count(P)) |
| 2804 | continue; |
| 2805 | |
| 2806 | if (isCriticalEdge(P->getTerminator(), GetSuccessorNumber(P, B))) { |
| 2807 | if (BasicBlock *S = splitCriticalEdges(P, B)) |
| 2808 | DeadBlocks.insert(P = S); |
| 2809 | } |
| 2810 | |
| 2811 | for (BasicBlock::iterator II = B->begin(); isa<PHINode>(II); ++II) { |
| 2812 | PHINode &Phi = cast<PHINode>(*II); |
| 2813 | Phi.setIncomingValue(Phi.getBasicBlockIndex(P), |
| 2814 | UndefValue::get(Phi.getType())); |
| 2815 | } |
| 2816 | } |
| 2817 | } |
| 2818 | } |
| 2819 | |
| 2820 | // If the given branch is recognized as a foldable branch (i.e. conditional |
| 2821 | // branch with constant condition), it will perform following analyses and |
| 2822 | // transformation. |
| 2823 | // 1) If the dead out-coming edge is a critical-edge, split it. Let |
| 2824 | // R be the target of the dead out-coming edge. |
| 2825 | // 1) Identify the set of dead blocks implied by the branch's dead outcoming |
| 2826 | // edge. The result of this step will be {X| X is dominated by R} |
| 2827 | // 2) Identify those blocks which haves at least one dead prodecessor. The |
| 2828 | // result of this step will be dominance-frontier(R). |
| 2829 | // 3) Update the PHIs in DF(R) by replacing the operands corresponding to |
| 2830 | // dead blocks with "UndefVal" in an hope these PHIs will optimized away. |
| 2831 | // |
| 2832 | // Return true iff *NEW* dead code are found. |
| 2833 | bool GVN::processFoldableCondBr(BranchInst *BI) { |
| 2834 | if (!BI || BI->isUnconditional()) |
| 2835 | return false; |
| 2836 | |
| 2837 | ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition()); |
| 2838 | if (!Cond) |
| 2839 | return false; |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | BasicBlock *DeadRoot = Cond->getZExtValue() ? |
| 2842 | BI->getSuccessor(1) : BI->getSuccessor(0); |
| 2843 | if (DeadBlocks.count(DeadRoot)) |
| 2844 | return false; |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | if (!DeadRoot->getSinglePredecessor()) |
| 2847 | DeadRoot = splitCriticalEdges(BI->getParent(), DeadRoot); |
| 2848 | |
| 2849 | addDeadBlock(DeadRoot); |
| 2850 | return true; |
| 2851 | } |
| 2852 | |
JF Bastien | ac8b66b | 2014-08-05 23:27:34 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2853 | // performPRE() will trigger assert if it comes across an instruction without |
Shuxin Yang | 3168ab3 | 2013-11-11 22:00:23 +0000 | [diff] [blame] | 2854 | // associated val-num. As it normally has far more live instructions than dead |
| 2855 | // instructions, it makes more sense just to "fabricate" a val-number for the |
| 2856 | // dead code than checking if instruction involved is dead or not. |
| 2857 | void GVN::assignValNumForDeadCode() { |
| 2858 | for (SetVector<BasicBlock *>::iterator I = DeadBlocks.begin(), |
| 2859 | E = DeadBlocks.end(); I != E; I++) { |
| 2860 | BasicBlock *BB = *I; |
| 2861 | for (BasicBlock::iterator II = BB->begin(), EE = BB->end(); |
| 2862 | II != EE; II++) { |
| 2863 | Instruction *Inst = &*II; |
| 2864 | unsigned ValNum = VN.lookup_or_add(Inst); |
| 2865 | addToLeaderTable(ValNum, Inst, BB); |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | } |
| 2868 | } |